City Commission - Regular Meeting

Thursday, June 11, 2026

The City Commission held its first budget workshop for Fiscal Year 2027, focusing on departmental budget overviews and supplemental requests. Key discussions included the city’s overall revenue and expenditure position, with a notable decrease in expenditures due to reduced police and fire pension contributions, and a detailed review of various fund balances and proposed rate adjustments for electric, water, sewer, stormwater, and refuse services. The Commission also addressed several departmental supplemental requests, including funding for certifications, promotions, and operational needs, while also discussing the potential impacts of a proposed homestead exemption increase and the need for infrastructure investment.

About this meeting

Government Body
City Commission
Meeting Type
City Commission
Location
Lake Worth Beach, FL
Meeting Date
June 11, 2026

Transcript

1654 sections

0:13Speaker 8

Madam Mayor, it's 934 and we are live.

0:16 – 0:27Speaker 14

Thank you, Madam Clerk. Good morning, everyone, and welcome to the Thursday, June 11th, 2026 City Commission Budget Workshop number one. May I have the roll call, please?

0:27 – 0:38Speaker 8

Mayor Betty Rash? Here. Vice Mayor Mimi May. Ready. Commissioner Sarah Maliga. Present. Commissioner Christopher McVoy.

0:41Speaker 8

Commissioner Anthony Segrich.

0:45 – 1:28Speaker 14

Be ready for a day of thrills and spills. Okay. I pledge allegiance to the flag it's a short but but lengthy agenda okay so um we have a uh schedule here of the we have a schedule here the different departments um we're going to first start out with budget overview

1:32Speaker 4

Good morning, Madam Mayor, City Commissioners. I will let Ms. Dale take over. Thank you.

1:41 – 4:25Speaker 7

Good morning. Can you hear me? Okay. Good morning, Madam Mayor and Commissioners. My name is Candace Dale. I am the Senior Budget Analyst here in the Finance Department. Thank you for the opportunity for allowing me to present the City of Lake Rose Beach Fiscal Year 2027 Proposed Operating Budget. I will provide a high level overview of the city's overall revenue and expenditure position, followed by a fund by fund review highlighting any significant changes within the budget. Following the city's presentation, our partner Stantec will present their financial analysis of the general fund, enterprise fund and special revenue funds. Before we begin, I would like to extend my appreciation to Interim City Manager, Mr. Troy Perry and Interim Assistant City Manager, Mrs. Deanna McKay, also Jamie Brown and Shona Smith for their leadership, guidance and preparation for today's budget workshop. I also would like to recognize our budget team, including Finance Director Yannick Ninjahayo, Senior Budget Analyst Hector Vargas and my colleagues within the Finance Department Lucy, Sylvia, and William. In addition, I would like to thank all city departments for their collaboration throughout the budget process. Now I will go over today's agenda, which you have here in front of you. I already went through the intro and the acknowledgments. From 9.30 to 3.45, there will be presentations. I kick it off with my budget overview, followed by the departments who will present their supplementals and answer any questions that you may have for their respective departments. We will break for lunch from 1230 to 115. Reconvene, continue with the department presentations. We have a 15-minute break from 345 to 4. And then Stantec will come on and present their financial analysis and forecast. And we will also answer any questions that you may have. I have a spot holder for a preliminary review of the fiscal year 2027 CIP, but before we get to that, we would like to get consensus on the supplementals and also the stormwater rates and the refuse residential rates. And the preliminary review of the CIP, we're going to provide you with a list of the projects for 2027. And we just want to make sure that the needs of the commission are being met. And if they're not, we'll take whatever direction you give us. We'll have a meeting with the departments and we'll make those updates for budget workshop number two. And then 445 to five for other further direction from commission and preparation for budget workshop number two.

4:26Speaker 14

I'm not a question.

4:30Speaker 8

I'm sorry, Madam Mayor, your mic's not on.

4:35Speaker 8

It's very annoying.

4:41Speaker 14

And do you hear that? Use your breath. Okay. Thank you.

4:50 – 8:06Speaker 7

Okay, so this slide here represents the city's year-round budget process. Staff begins with budget development early in the calendar year. We conduct detailed departmental reviews analysis in the spring, engage with commission through budget workshops during the summer, and we finalize the adoption through the statutory public hearing process in September. Those dates are already set. September 10th is the first public hearing, and September 24th is the second and final hearing. Before proceeding, I will respectfully ask that you allow me to complete the budget overview presentation, as many questions may be addressed throughout the presentation or later during the departmental discussions. And please note that the expenditure figures being presented this morning does not include the supplemental requests. Also, I would like to highlight several key budget drivers that impact multiple funds throughout the organization. Those include reductions in IT costs, the implementation of a revised budget allocation, an updated pension contribution calculation, and adjustments to property and liability insurance allocations. And that's resulted in a more equitable distribution of costs. and then debt service reductions resulting from scheduled debt amortization. As we move through the presentation, you will notice that these items are recurring factors contributing to expenditure reductions across several funds unless otherwise noted. With that, I will begin with the city's overall revenue and expenditure position. This slide provides a summary of revenues across all city funds. Total revenues are projected at approximately $223 million, representing an increase of about $1.4 million, and that's 0.64% over fiscal year 26. The largest revenue growth is occurring within the enterprise funds. And despite the fluctuations you may see among the individual funds, the city's revenue position remains stable. The next slide are the city's overall expenditures. Total expenditures are proposed at approximately $197 million, a decrease of approximately $18 million, which is 8.4% less compared to last year. Now we'll start with the individual funds. The general fund revenues are projected to decrease by approximately 2.3 million. That is 4.3% less compared to last year, and that's primarily due to the elimination of prior year's use of fund balance. Expenditures are projected to decrease by approximately 6.7 million. That's 12.4% less than last year's budget. And the primary driver of this reduction was a decrease of approximately 4.9 million in the required pension and contribution from both the police and the fire.

8:07Speaker 12

Can you slow down? Yeah.

8:10 – 8:29Speaker 12

Because you guys have practiced this 87 times. This is the first time we're hearing it. So it's hard to take notes when you're already on page nine. If you go back to page eight, could you review what you said at the end? What was the primary driver of the revenue decrease?

8:29Speaker 7

It's used to the elimination of prior years use of fund balance. So we're not using fund balance to balance the funds.

8:37Speaker 7

At all. Right now.

8:39Speaker 12

And that- Did we use it this year?

8:43Speaker 7

For 26, yes. If you look, we used 2.1 million.

8:49Speaker 12

No, I know it was in the adopted, but did we actually use it?

8:53Speaker 7

Oh, as of, I'm not sure.

8:55Speaker 14

Isn't that on the next?

8:58 – 9:29Speaker 4

We'll have to wait till the end of the fiscal year to see where we end up. So if the expenses exceed the revenues, obviously we'll have to dip in our fund balance. But so far- Right. We're ahead. We're ahead. I don't think we'll touch it. Yes. Yes. And if you if you don't mind, so that we can get through our presentation and just if it's okay with you guys, if we can, I can you not leave, I just got a message that this is not streaming on YouTube.

9:29Speaker 15

Okay, thank you.

9:32 – 9:51Speaker 12

So go through that. But I mean, if we fly through it, we're gonna have to go through it again anyway. So just We need to be able to write down a few little things. So you said that we're not using fund balance. And then you said for our revenues, I mean, our expenditures, we're decreasing the expenditures based on what criteria?

9:51Speaker 7

That is the reduction of the police and fire pension contribution. Okay. Thank you.

9:59Speaker 14

Because those are all expiring. No, I get it. I just want, she was. No, no, no. I've heard.

10:06 – 10:30Speaker 8

okay i apologize thank you um before we continue can you speak up a little bit more candace um i people are saying it's a little hard to hear you yeah breathe from your gut i'm trying not to yeah is this better much better okay be careful much better okay my apologies you're an important woman

10:33 – 11:15Speaker 7

Okay, moving along with the building fun revenues are projected to decrease by approximately 284,000 which is 12.5% lower compared to fiscal year 2026 and that's primarily due to the elimination of prior year use of fund balance. Building fund expenditures are projected to decrease by approximately 326,000, and that's largely driven by savings and salaries and benefits. Please note that this does not reflect any revised numbers within the legislation that will affect the building fund, but the department director will speak on that later today.

11:15Speaker 14

Now, do those figures account for the fact, do they fill the, if we had every position filled, or are they as is right now?

11:26Speaker 14

Okay, so it looks like less, but we really need more people. Okay.

11:35 – 12:01Speaker 7

The cold remediation funds, as we discussed in previous meetings, this one is not self supporting and will require Commission direction regarding is long term funding strategy expenditures exceed revenues by approximately 128,000 which would require additional use of fund balance. Moving on to the beach funds.

12:05Speaker 9

You want to come in?

12:08 – 16:32Speaker 7

Beach Fund revenues decreased by approximately $357,000. That is 6% lower compared to last year, and that's primarily due to the elimination of the use of prior year's fund balance as a funding source. Beach Fund expenditures decreased by $357,000 from the prior year, and that's also 6% lower. And the reduction is primarily attributable to lower debt service payments for the amortization schedule. Moving on to the golf funds. Golf fund revenues remain consistent with prior year. They have an increase of about 35,000 and that's approximately 2% higher than last year. Expenditures remain consistent with prior year as well. Now we're on information technology funds. IT revenues decreased by approximately 530,000. That's 14% lower compared to last year. And that's mainly due to budget cuts, which did not require the same contributions as last year from the respective departments. Expenses were also reduced to that respective budget cut across the board by 616,000. Looking at the self-insurance fund, revenues in the self-insurance fund decreased by $948,000. That's approximately 14% lower compared to last year. The 14% reduction in revenues reflects a recalibration of departmental charges to more closely match projected expenditures and the operational needs of the self-insurance funds. And as you can see, the expenditures remain consistent with prior year. looking at the benefit fund revenues and the benefit fund are projected to decrease by 1.3 million that is approximately 19 percent lower than last year and the decrease is primarily attributable to revised benefits allocation methodology that is more accurately aligned with departmental contributions with actual budget costs Expenditures are projected to decrease by 809,000. That is 13% lower than last year. Staff has aligned the budget with current spending trends and known budget costs pending receipt of updated premium projections from the city's benefits broker. Moving on to the garage fund revenues and the garage decrease by 127,000 that's about 7% less due to cuts and garage Labor costs and based on historical trends expenditures decrease by approximately 157,000 and that's 9% lower compared to last year. The debt service fund there's really no significant changes and debt service and we have approximately about 22 years left to pay on the gold bonds 2048. 2048. Moving on to the electric fund, revenues are projected to increase by approximately 4.5 million, and that's 6.66% higher compared to the prior year. And that's primarily due to the changes in the PCA costs. And for the expenditures, let me try to break this down for you because what is shown in the budget book, we noticed that there was an error. So it looks as if there's a $9 million decrease, but that is not the case. It's approximately 4.7 million. And we do have printed handouts to provide you so you can see that. Hector has them here. Do you want the handout first or do you want me to go ahead and explain? Yeah. Okay. And also you was you can follow me on page 297 in your budget book.

16:36Speaker 14

Just look at this.

17:08Speaker 12

So this is going to replace in the presentation or in the book?

17:13Speaker 7

In the book for the next budget workshop. It will be updated then. Okay.

17:55Speaker 14

Careful. budget casual.

18:03 – 19:09Speaker 7

Is it okay for me to see. Yes, okay so on page 297 in your budget book we noticed the operated expenditures for purchase power should have been 16.1 million instead of 11.3 million, and this was mainly driven by the reclass of PCA related expenditures. So i'm going to list out those three GL accounts. The first one. is FP&L transmission costs of $3,496,157. The second one is the Purchase Power Stanton PCA. That's $648,555. And the last one is Purchase Power FAMPA Solar II, and that's $644,984. Do you want me to go over those numbers again?

19:11Speaker 12

No, I don't just don't know what numbers you're reading.

19:13Speaker 7

On page 297.

19:15Speaker 12

Yeah, we're there.

19:15Speaker 7

We don't see those numbers. In the variance column, it says 3,496,157. Yes. That's FP&L transmission calls. Yes.

19:28 – 19:58Speaker 4

so if excuse me if i could jump in just a little bit so i could clarify this for you uh do you all see where the 11.3 million is for purchase power that number should have been 16.1 million correct correct and the reason for that is because you right right below it uh you see those significant decreases those should have been reclassed over to the 11 point should have been added over to the 11.3 million. Correct.

20:00Speaker 12

Would you explain the reclassification?

20:03 – 20:27Speaker 4

So meaning it should have, the PCA cost purchase power should have been 16.1, meaning if you add up the 3.4, the 648,000, and the 644,000, that add up to approximately 4.7, that should have been added to the 11.3 because it's still purchase power. It's just a different line item. That's what I mean by reclass.

20:27Speaker 14

So it's not 11, it's 16.

20:33Speaker 15

Cause it's all the 16, you cross out the, now, you know, longer have the 3.4, the three 20. Right. This is the only way down. Right. Those are not additional. Those are inclusive.

20:42Speaker 4

Yes. They're all inclusive.

20:44Speaker 15

And what about the eight?

20:46 – 21:13Speaker 4

The eight is fine. The eight is fine. Yes. So if you flip through, if you flip at the very page three zero four, three or four. At the very bottom, that decrease of 9 million should really be 4.7. It should be 4.7.

21:18Speaker 12

What does that do to the percent?

21:21Speaker 4

I would say six. It's almost half. I'll say six point something. Yeah, about half of it.

21:38Speaker 15

but then adding to that other line wouldn't it just zero out okay cool

22:01 – 22:34Speaker 4

right now it's not that that 4.7 is not part of the it's not added to the 11 million on this item got it yes and you can see on the board so if that for that 64 million needs to be 68 yes so if you look at uh the screen so if that 9 million goes down to 4.7 it's corresponding to the pca increase uh on the revenues so it's more in line with with the PCA revenues increase.

22:41Speaker 5

I hope we're not doing 64 million at the beach.

22:49Speaker 4

I believe that's the capital improvements CIP schedule. That's the CIP schedule, right? Is that?

23:00 – 23:11Speaker 14

yeah it's the same number as the word as as the budget says 64. so that will go that will go up to 68.

23:34Speaker 4

Okay, any questions? Thank you.

23:39Speaker 14

On the electric one, the expenditures went from 74 to proposed 64 million?

23:47Speaker 12

That changed that. Is that the one that changed?

23:50Speaker 14

Right. Okay, we just checked that. Yeah.

23:52Speaker 12

That's the exact thing.

23:54Speaker 14

No, no. Shouldn't the 64 be 68? Yes. Yeah.

24:28 – 24:53Speaker 15

on this additional sheet that you gave us expenditures by division um this one that you just passed out i guess it's page 340 control um i'm all right if you on your budget on your 340

24:54Speaker 4

On your budget book?

24:55Speaker 15

No, he just passed this out. It was attached to this sheet.

24:58 – 25:18Speaker 4

Right, because on your budget book, if you turn into 339. Correct, yes, there's no 349. So that details the non-departmental. When we printed these books, we noticed that the non-departmental detail was not included, so we're providing that.

25:19 – 25:34Speaker 15

Questions when we're looking at bond, I would like to, I don't know if I have consensus, but where it says notes, if we can have the balance of those bonds on the notes on the bonds that we're paying into, how much is left and our expiration date.

25:35Speaker 4

We could do that.

25:35Speaker 15

That would be helpful.

25:38 – 25:52Speaker 15

And the sheets that they just passed out, there was a one that says page 340 on the bottom. Yeah. At the top, it says expenditure by division. Yeah. And it's got all the bonds listed out, but it doesn't have the balance or when those bonds are up to be paid off. Got it. Thank you.

26:00Speaker 6

So with this, do you still have the wrong numbers?

26:10Speaker 4

You mean the 68?

26:10Speaker 6

This has the 64 and the 9 million.

26:13Speaker 4

Yeah, so this will need to be updated as well.

26:18Speaker 6

So the whole thing you just handed to us, Chuckett? No, that's just .

26:21Speaker 14

But we corrected it.

26:31Speaker 5

But this is corrected, or this is not?

26:34Speaker 14

Yes. So is the rest of it. The rest is not good.

26:41Speaker 6

Page 200, it's got 64 and 9 million. Vice Mayor, can you speak into your mic, please?

27:09 – 27:29Speaker 12

sorry the second one is no just the one that says electric keep the second sheet let's make a pile of garbage or we could throw it over the cliff yeah okay all right go ahead

27:44Speaker 7

Okay, so we're moving on to the Electric Utilities Storm Fund.

27:50Speaker 14

What page is it slides?

27:51 – 30:14Speaker 7

That is slide number 18. I'm sorry, 19. 19. so electric utility storm funds revenues are projected at approximately 1.6 million and that's consistent with last year's adopted budget year to date revenues total approximately 3 million 3 million now yes so 3 million now plus the 1.68 for next year correct so we're more than halfway to our goal which is pretty good Next, we have the water fund their revenues are projected to increase by approximately 715,000 and that's due to a rate adjustment increase of about 4% which will be further explained in the standard model later on today. Expenditures are projected to decrease by 534,000 that's approximately 2.72% lower than last year and that's primarily due to reductions and administrative allocations and debt related costs. Moving on to the local sewer funds. Local sewer fund revenues increased by $689,000. That's 5% higher than last year, primarily due to an increase in rates, which will later be explained by Stantec later on today as well. Expenditures slightly went down by 2.2%, and that's primarily due to operational efficiencies and expenditure adjustments. The regional sewer board has not yet finalized their budget, I believe they have a meeting coming up in June so once they finalize the budget will get that information and have it updated by budget workshop number two Thank you welcome.

30:17 – 30:40Speaker 6

in second oh mr sagridge thank you just really quick question um in the the fund balance sheet that you gave us at the uh the last meeting um there's a regional sewer fund in there do we are we holding like all of the money for our regional interlocal partnership is that what or do we have 19 million dollars sitting in a fund

30:42 – 31:11Speaker 4

regional sewer uh yes we are holding uh whatever contributions that they have on there so there's there's three reserve there's one for uh capital projects there's another one full um catastrophe fund that just started recently yes it's all it's all included in there the reason why you see such a big fund balance is because we have a large invest our portion of investment in the ecr is pretty large so it's about like 40 million now so that's why you see such a big fund balance

31:19Speaker 14

Moving on to stormwater. I'm sorry, Ms. Lega has a question.

31:22 – 31:46Speaker 15

Thank you. I just, I'm going to throw this out there, not for our conversation now, but looking at the storm fund and for the sewer fund, I think that we should create another storm fund for those because the storm fund that we have now is a storm for electrical. And I think that we should have a policy conversation coming forward in regards to a storm fund for those two. For what? For water and sewer. An emergency storm fund.

31:48 – 32:11Speaker 12

because currently we're getting five dollars from every account but that's going to the electrical storm fund okay miss miss me um i remember earlier in the year the water department was going to do a rate study was that done but i believe it's in progress how can we change rates if we don't have that results from that study

32:20Speaker 4

We'll get back to you on that one. Thank you. Yes.

32:27Speaker 14

Off goes Valentina. As in off goes Valentina. She does all purchasing. Okay.

32:35 – 33:40Speaker 7

Okay. Stormwater fund revenues remain consistent to prior year at 3.2 million. That's a slight increase of roughly 1.2%. Stormwater fund expenditures slightly went down by 61,000 and that's roughly down 2% compared to last year. Moving on to the refuse funds revenues are projected at approximately 8.5 million and that's representing a decrease of 8.9% compared to last year and the decrease is mainly driven by a reduction and prior years use of some balance which declined for 1.5 million to 139,000. Expenditures are projected at approximately $8.6 million, and that's representing a decrease of $839,000, 8.9% lower than last year. And the reduction is driven by prior year transfer of CIP in an amount of about $500,000 for the purchase of the bucket truck.

33:40Speaker 14

Mr. Segwitch has a question.

33:43 – 34:00Speaker 6

uh thank you i saw in both of these funds we we basically relabeled to special assessment about a large amount what was the reason that we reclassified that like that oh we were going by the uniform um

34:02 – 34:15Speaker 4

A county guidance, state of Florida, so that it doesn't get confused with charges for services, that it will just be like special assessment from the county. So it's just a reclassification.

34:15Speaker 6

So if I'm reading that correctly, we don't actually charge for any services for stormwater. It's purely all special assessment.

34:22Speaker 4

Not all of it. We also have commercial, I believe, on there.

34:29Speaker 14

Well, sorry, what?

34:30Speaker 4

There's a commercial portion of it, right?

34:33Speaker 4

Oh, I'm sorry. Yes, for the special assessments, both commercial and residential.

34:41Speaker 7

It's residential only.

34:44Speaker 4

Refuse is only, correct.

34:45 – 34:56Speaker 6

Okay, so refuse to special assessments are residential and the charges of service are commercial? Yes. Yes.

34:57Speaker 15

I would say that the charges of services are when we have dumping picked up. That's a charge of service as well?

35:03Speaker 4

I have two. Yes.

35:11Speaker 15

No, what I'm asking is the charges of services, does that include when we pick up dumping on a lot? That's the bill that we send them as well?

35:17Speaker 3

That's right.

35:19Speaker 15

Okay, thank you.

35:26Speaker 14

That's a big decrease in charge of services.

35:30Speaker 12

That's a big decrease. It just got relabeled. Okay, got it.

35:38Speaker 14

Three plus four is seven. Thank you. That I understand.

35:41Speaker 12

I know. I'm making it for you. Yeah, before we change the rate.

35:48Speaker 14

What? Oh, yeah, yeah. Okay. Okay.

35:54Speaker 14

Oh, that's great.

35:55 – 36:30Speaker 7

Last but not least, beautification funds. No significant changes are proposed for the beautification fund. Revenues and expenditures remain consistent with prior year's budget. But I would like to address something and I think I this is what Mr. Segrich was pointing out to in the handouts for the beach funds, the handout that we provided, we noticed in the book that the table was pointing to the wrong chart. So we had to update that. And that's why we reprinted that section. So what you have in your hand is will be different from the book because that is accurate information.

36:30Speaker 12

So replace the pages in the book with these.

36:35Speaker 5

Yes. 185 through one some 92.

36:42 – 37:14Speaker 15

the beautification fund does that where does that come from i'm like who i don't know what we've done with that i have no or might recommend any anything coming out of that i know that we have a tree fund i don't see a tree fund in here that so the beautification should actually be tree fund or is it we're just that is where we get the tree i thought we had 75 000 in there i thought we had more than Or is the tree fund with the money we're using from sustainability? Or is this a different fund? I think developed this. Didn't she feel like downtown beautification when she was here?

37:14Speaker 4

No, it's been there for a while. I believe that's the tree fund. It's always been called beautification fund.

37:21Speaker 4

No, not by me.

37:22Speaker 15

By someone other than us. We've been calling it the tree fund for a long time. Yes.

37:27Speaker 5

I don't think it's sustained.

37:29Speaker 15

It should have. Yeah, it should have.

37:31Speaker 5

So I think it's a different fund.

37:33 – 37:48Speaker 15

If we could just do it, not right now, but if we could earmark that for a discussion to come forward. Okay. Beautification versus tree. I don't know what we've used beautification fund for personally. I don't remember ever a budget amendment or a transfer. Mr. Segrich?

37:50Speaker 6

If you look at your fund balance sheets that they give us the other week, it's listed as the tree beautification fund, and there's $51,000 in the fund balance. Yes.

38:00Speaker 4

I knew it was for trees. Yes.

38:04Speaker 7

It's page 11 in your budget book. We have a copy of that on page 11. I'm sorry, page 10, and then if you cross over, page 11 will show you the balance.

38:19Speaker 15

but in here it's showing, oh, it doesn't show the balance at all.

38:23Speaker 7

This is the fund balance.

38:25Speaker 15

No, I got it. So we didn't, we used fund balance, we're wanting to use fund balance of 22.4 this year, or 12,400 for the coming year?

38:36Speaker 15

Where we use 22.4 for this year?

38:40Speaker 15

Okay, so this has to have the word tree in front of it. Yeah.

38:45Speaker 7

You're welcome.

38:45Speaker 4

We'll fix it.

38:50Speaker 12

that's on page 11 of your book oh that's not on the sheet yeah we just learned that

39:01Speaker 14

Mr. Seck, Mr. Seck.

39:04 – 40:00Speaker 6

Thank you. And I wanted to say that this format and how we started this presentation, there's only being my second time, but this has gone a lot smoother. And I think we got through a lot of information. And I thank you guys for that. It's been been great to go through it. My only one ask, and I don't know if my colleagues would agree, is when we have this overview like this, i think it would be great to see the fund balance and the allocated and then the available so basically okay three columns from this sheet right um essentially what i asked for on the bonds yes yeah and because then then we don't have to go flipping back and forth in it and it would have answered the question that we just had but minor ask but um kudos to you guys this is a lot easier to go through and

40:02 – 41:05Speaker 4

We'll work with Hector to see if we can get that for the next presentation. Yes, I just wanted to point out, speaking of fund balance, on your budget book, we have a fund balance analysis from page 10 through 13. it's kind of like a summary because we couldn't fix all those we couldn't include all those columns in there so it's kind of like summarizes that that big long fund balance analysis on there just for your reference so the reason that we're negative 23 million on the electric is uh Right, that's how much more we need to increase our fund balance to get to the six months target line. Yes. Yes.

41:14Speaker 15

One more question on that. So under required working capital?

41:19Speaker 15

that's what we're required in the one next to what we have. So essentially we need to increase both of those. What, Pedro?

41:25 – 41:43Speaker 4

Right, so what we currently have, what we're anticipating to have by the end of this fiscal year is 13.4, and that's a very conservative number, but are required based on the, are required, should be 36.8, give or take. So we have 23 million more to go.

41:44Speaker 15

So whereas the water fund is, Yes. Almost 3 million.

41:50Speaker 4

Correct. It has access funds.

41:51Speaker 15

Access funds. Yes. You don't get in trouble for that, correct?

41:54Speaker 4

No. So we use that access funds for emergencies maybe, or if you have an additional capital project, we could always use that. It gives us a little bit more flexibility to use those funds.

42:06 – 42:17Speaker 15

So the local sewer, the regional sewer is one that we just talked about.

42:17Speaker 12

Okay, thank you.

42:20 – 42:31Speaker 3

Any other questions?

42:35 – 42:55Speaker 7

Any other questions from commissioners? I don't see any right now. OK. We will now transition to the departmental presentations, which consists of supplemental requests. Each department has been allowed approximately 30 minutes to present their requests and address any questions from the commission. And with that, we'll begin with city commission and city manager's office.

42:57Speaker 14

We can turn this down.

43:03Speaker 12

Other people might not be seeing that.

43:05Speaker 5

See there in the officer phone. Yeah.

43:35Speaker 3

She went to get her.

43:37 – 44:05Speaker 14

No, she went to come. It blocks him. That's your giant water bottle. Sometimes I can't see Anthony's light. This is a giant water bottle.

44:11 – 44:23Speaker 3

You know, I've been thinking, we're trying to get more water.

44:23 – 44:43Speaker 14

That's my call. Water? He just absorbs it from the atmosphere because he knows, water knows that he is their friend. So it just pumps to him naturally. It just sucks right in. Boy, there was an ambulance flying up Dixie just a little while ago.

44:43Speaker 12

They need water. They can't drink water.

44:50Speaker 14

Not a lot, though.

44:53Speaker 12

They can do one little lick of their eye.

44:54Speaker 14

Like a bromeliad. Oh.

45:01 – 45:58Speaker 3

Madam Mayor, when you're ready. Good morning. Troy Perry, the city manager's office. I'll be presenting the city managers and the city commission's supplemental requests. For this year, the city manager's office did not have any supplemental requests. But for the city commission's office, we did have a request. As you know, we held the Palm Beach County League of Cities Luncheon this year, which was a success. it was great it was great definitely thanks i would like to have that as we do that once a year okay miss thank miss smith for the hard work so she put together an item for us who did that miss smith johnson yeah so what we're requesting we were able to reallocate funds to cover a portion of it and most of the cost probably was The majority was paid through the city manager's office this year. So what we're requesting is an additional $5,000 in account for the contractual service.

45:58Speaker 14

How much did it cost to do it?

46:00Speaker 3

I believe she said it was close to $11,000 last year. So we're asking for an additional $5,000 this year and to transfer it to the commission's budget.

46:10Speaker 14

Mr. Segrich and Mr. McVoy.

46:18Speaker 6

I know there's a lot of cities in the League of Cities. How many of them host the luncheons?

46:23Speaker 14

This is the first time we've ever done it in all the years.

46:26 – 46:37Speaker 15

Almost everybody hosts it. Yeah. I think that it's us, like Ocean Ridge doesn't host. The smaller, tiny ones don't. But we are the biggest city that has never hosted before.

46:38Speaker 15

But if there's 39 municipalities and three people each come from each municipality, you've got at least 117 attendees. Yeah.

46:49 – 47:14Speaker 6

but and they do these monthly once a year once a year no no but the luncheons yes no so yeah but this yeah this is always a good so 12 out of the 39 municipalities host them presumably okay well pohoki does a big barbecue yeah delray beach is doing one next week yep we're in delray next week mr mcgoy

47:15 – 48:06Speaker 5

um just a minor one i support the additional request uh we did receive i believe all of the commission but i don't remember um did receive a comment after that luncheon from a resident who's on staff in some other city i believe um and they encouraged us strongly to set an example of using recyclable and i got an email as well um you know be a little more conscious we we used it was pretty much all single use stuff and i think you know especially since it's at the beach and people are concerned about microplastics yeah let's let's do a little a little more in that direction on this one therefore we'll pass that information on we'll take it back and we can thank you you know how much you know stuff made from the sugar the sugar stock leftovers

48:11Speaker 3

That concludes the request from the city commission's office. I could not hear you, Mr. That concludes the request from the city.

48:18Speaker 15

Oh, so you just need consensus from us?

48:20Speaker 3

Well, you can do it two ways. You can give consensus or you can hear the entire, you know, office of departments and decide.

48:26Speaker 15

I think we should consent at a time. Yeah, I consent to this one.

48:30Speaker 5

Okay. Consent with the recommendation. Thank you.

48:34Speaker 14

Consent with bagasse. Mr. Segrich?

48:47 – 49:03Speaker 6

Just given what's coming down the pipeline, I just want to weigh the importance of doing some of these things. I understand it's a small line item, but for me, I'd rather put this money towards roads or infrastructure out of our budget if we're going to be losing money. So I don't consent.

49:05Speaker 14

And you've not been involved with any of the Florida League of Cities activities, which I think those of us that do find them very helpful.

49:12Speaker 15

They're the ones who fight against the bad bills. They're the ones who bring the money. And learning about leadership.

49:18Speaker 6

I understand. I don't really.

49:21Speaker 14

And if we can't, if we have to cut it one year, we cut it.

49:24Speaker 6

Yeah. No, I just feel that right now we should focus on infrastructure. And this is extra.

49:30Speaker 14

And if it has to go, it'll go. Yep. Good to take advantage of. Okay.

49:39Speaker 7

Clark, are we ready?

49:41Speaker 14

Okay. I know.

49:51Speaker 9

Good morning.

49:53Speaker 14

Good morning.

49:54 – 51:20Speaker 9

If I might just say for the Palm Beach clerks, we take turns also hosting our meetings, and sometimes they combine, municipalities combine to co-host. Just a suggestion. Okay, so for fiscal year 27, the clerk's office only has one supplemental request. We're requesting an additional $3,500 to our travel and training program. account to um support tuition reimbursement which is part of um the contract city um contract with per article 26 of the peu contract we provide up to five thousand dollars annually for higher education so in order to meet the five thousand dollars we're requesting an additional 3500 as we normally budget 2500 for that so on top of the 2500 or the total so the total would be six thousand so yes so um 3500 on top because that would still allow us to because we have to attend conferences to keep up our ceus and et cetera uh miss may and then miss maliga just a quick question are we going to continue to have two city clerks you mean a city clerk and a deputy city clerk yes

51:21Speaker 12

Okay. No, I just didn't know because we, so you're looking to hire the deputy. Right, right, right.

51:28Speaker 9

Shayla is the deputy in Shayla's state.

51:31Speaker 12

Oh, good. Well, hello. Somebody could have told us that.

51:34 – 51:50Speaker 9

Sorry, we just walk around. Is she here? She's running. She's downstairs. We're we're tag teaming. Hey, we're tag teaming. So she's doing it. Yes. So she's staying. Otherwise, I would not have had a supplemental.

51:50Speaker 12

That's kind of what I was like. Wait a second. If we're losing her, why do we have to?

51:53Speaker 9

Yeah, we would. We're not.

51:54 – 52:10Speaker 15

OK, then I'm good. This is a good question. Where do I find the fund balance again for these supplementals? available funds that are that are for the request and are we using fund balance are we just increasing the budget for next year okay the mic isn't on um

52:18 – 52:47Speaker 9

not a mayor yes ma'am so if you look it says that we are um reducing a line item to help cover i understand that but i still won't ask okay if you go to page eight of your budget book it shows what the net revenues are and that does not include any supplementals thank you that's all i needed to have a comparison while we're going through it so um of course i always love to support education

52:49Speaker 15

My question is if we do give somebody education, tuition reimbursement, is there a lock or a guarantee for how long they stayed with the city and how long is that?

52:57Speaker 9

Yes. So they are required to stay for at least two years. And if not, they have to pay the city back.

53:05Speaker 15

And then I will hope that HR or finance tracks that. Correct.

53:08Speaker 9

Absolutely. And also they have to have certain grades to get the full $5,000. Okay.

53:14Speaker 15

Thank you. I'm in support.

53:16Speaker 14

Mr. Zagridge.

53:18 – 53:33Speaker 6

Thank you. Just kind of one general question. As we're going through these supplementals, is this also our time to be asking about the overall budget line items? Or are we just purely looking at supplementals and we're going to come back to the full budget for each department?

53:37Speaker 4

You can ask for the overall budget as well.

53:40Speaker 6

Okay. So just for my own education, the employees in the city clerk's office are members of the PEU?

53:52Speaker 9

No, they're not. But there was a resolution passed that everybody in the city would follow those guidelines, follow that contract.

54:02Speaker 14

The increases in salary.

54:04Speaker 9

Right. So everything that PEU got, all employees were eligible for.

54:13 – 55:04Speaker 6

might be slightly off topic, but just on that, it seems as most of the union employees fall into the enterprise funds. We're potentially looking at issues with the property tax and so on. At a future date, we may want to consider looking at merit-based incentives for city employees. I'm just, you don't have to shake your head. You can disagree with me. no i'm not yeah okay well i'm just saying it might warrant it if we were suddenly faced with having to find five million dollars well it's something to consider um the i.t expenditures 86 000 for five people seems very very high um what is in there is there some special software that that makes that up or do you guys have special computer equipment

55:05 – 55:31Speaker 9

we don't have anything special, but we do have, um, software particular only to our office. Also we share in the costs. So, um, it provides that we don't. So, you know, I provide information to it about what the software costs, um, because the first year we, uh, the first year the department covers it and thereafter it covers it. So,

55:34Speaker 6

So what was so um from a permission on page forty-six of the budget book.

55:44Speaker 15

Does that include like the Youtube cost, the channel of the Youtube for all of the meetings?

55:49 – 56:16Speaker 7

that come on to the to the city clerk's office as well uh i would for hrpb planning and zoning can i say something i'm sorry you don't mind no nelly will be coming up do you want to wait and so we correct or do you want to ask as we go along i'm just asking mr mayor the intent of this hopefully you will allow us to uh go through this process we're going to go through the supplement

56:17 – 56:43Speaker 3

so once we go through supplemental forms we'll take that information back okay and some of the items might change in terms of priority so i don't think the departments would rather really be prepared today to go either that's we want to be prepared when are we going to do the deep dive so but how do we know how to compare the amount of the supplementals to the amount of the fund

56:45 – 57:36Speaker 7

If you look on page eight of your budget book, page eight of your budget book shows the net revenues for each month and then on your the supplemental book that you have there is a page that subtotals these for all the supplemental so like for the general fund if you go to page two it is approximately 627 000 and it shows what the remaining balance will be once those supplementals are applied okay but where's the it's hard when there's so many references to different i see so page one and page two don't they just tell me how much they want no if if you look at page can i ma'am please yeah please we need help

57:47Speaker 14

I got it. Page eight of our book is General Fund Net Revenue. I got it. Okay.

58:15Speaker 12

All right, thank you.

58:28 – 58:49Speaker 6

Revenue balance. So it's not the time to go through the detailed budget. That's going to be next meeting? OK. So the only other question I have, and I'll probably ask it of every department, are you adequately staffed?

58:50Speaker 9

Yes, we are adequately staffed, for sure. I mean, we have a lot to do, but we're getting it done.

58:55Speaker 15

Okay, great.

58:57 – 59:13Speaker 14

I consent for this item. Okay, me too. Mr. Sayridge? Yes, ma'am. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Professional Services Legal City Attorney. Who's going to speak for the city attorney?

59:14 – 59:32Speaker 3

Madam Mayor. Yes. Provided by the legal department, we are requesting an additional $26,000 a year, $6,000 towards the IW, ongoing litigation expenses.

59:33Speaker 14

What page are you on?

59:34Speaker 3

Where are you? Page number 590, 190. 190? When you say litigation? Huh? Negotiations, that's correct.

59:44 – 59:55Speaker 15

Negotiations. That's how much it cost us to negotiate the union contract. Additional. They need additional funding. But I'm saying for the whole year to negotiate the contract, it's $694,000?

59:58Speaker 15

Well, that's why I was, I'm like, say that again, because the way you said that, I was like, what is happening?

1:00:02Speaker 14

No, it's just, they're asking for $6,000 more.

1:00:04Speaker 7

Oh, this is a total for everything. I'm sorry.

1:00:13 – 1:00:28Speaker 3

And on page number 6190, additional charges for litigation filing for reporting services. Yeah. And they're asking $20,000 for that. I consent. Mr. McCoy? Reluctantly, but I don't see the alternative.

1:00:39Speaker 14

What are the biggest lawyers? I consent. Ms. May.

1:00:44Speaker 12

Yeah, it looks like we've been paying it anyway, and now we're just making it a line item. Mr. Stigrich?

1:00:50Speaker 6

I consent. Thank you. I just have... Never mind.

1:00:55 – 1:01:08Speaker 14

All right. That was... Anger was more anger. Okay. CEBS certification, human resources.

1:01:10 – 1:01:29Speaker 4

uh no the next one the court reporting i think if we follow the agenda oh finance is next yes so what page finance is starting on page 24. yes that's what they do they just

1:01:38Speaker 14

It's a growing insurance policy. Right. 24. 24.

1:01:43 – 1:02:15Speaker 4

Yes. So requesting a 5% education certification increase. That's for the CGFOA. That's a certified government finance officer certification that I'm going to be pursuing. and in accordance with the incentive programs. And that also comes with the one-time payment of 2,500. So, yes.

1:02:16Speaker 12

So you get paid to get the course and then you get- Right, the one-time. For getting the course?

1:02:22Speaker 12

That would be nice indeed.

1:02:23 – 1:02:38Speaker 4

For passing it, for passing it. It's a one-time payment. Yes, once you pass, once I pass, you get the, according to our incentive program, we get the one-time payment of $2,500 for that certification.

1:02:38Speaker 15

But it's also an increase of $1,000, 5% salary.

1:02:43Speaker 15

We're a little confused. I brought this up during the union conversation.

1:02:47Speaker 12

Yeah, I don't know that we should give bonuses just for getting the... It's part of their contract. Not we're talking about this year.

1:02:56 – 1:03:12Speaker 12

It's part of, if you look at the, if you look at the employee handbook, it's part of the Senate probe. I can just go to a school and I keep getting more money and, but, and you pay for my school. It's in your contract. Here comes Lauren and you pay for my school. Do I have a requirement to stay?

1:03:13 – 1:03:24Speaker 10

Hi, Lauren Sladen, Director for Human Resources. This is a policy that was negotiated with the PEU Union, and it was also passed by the City Commission by you. I don't remember. I'm sorry, can you not hear?

1:03:25Speaker 15

Previous Commission.

1:03:27 – 1:05:07Speaker 10

no it came before you i believe in january i can't remember when it came forward i'll double check the date and i'll resend it to you so this is a tiered program and it's geared towards keeping employees and you know building them as they go so for just a general certification for like a low certification it's built into their compensation package for instance the code officer they have certain levels that yeah So once they pass one certification, they get a 5% raise. Keep in mind, code officers don't make that much money. So 5% of not much money is not much money. But we stagger that into their compensation program. But then we realize that people that are going for higher degrees, we're getting the same perk. for working a lot harder. So we built a tiered program where for somebody maybe possibly getting a bachelor's degree, we get a little bit more. So they get the 5% and they get a one-time bump to reward them for that. They have to sign up. The same thing, we do a promissory note. They have to stay for a certain level of time. Well, it has to be approved in the budget, which is in this process right now. The funding has to be approved. And then they have to show the proof of it and sign a promissory note. Then there's a third level for an advanced degree. This is your CPA. This is your GFOA. Because we want our employees... To have these degrees, we want these people to stay. They can make a lot more in the private sector. So we know that we can't really give them the huge bump on their salary. So rather than increase the percentage, we give them one time bumped to reward them for doing that.

1:05:07Speaker 14

But the one the one time bump is twenty five hundred.

1:05:10Speaker 10

or it's like three levels. So one's 5%, one's I can't remember, like 1,000, 1,500, and the other one is 2,500.

1:05:17Speaker 15

But there's also an increase to the salary.

1:05:20 – 1:05:49Speaker 10

Yes, it's 5% increase. But this is also for somebody getting a GFOA that they work years for. You have to have a certain number of years in your career to do this you can't even apply to take these has to be a proctored exam and it's something that is above and beyond so this is your cpa your mba your advanced degrees so does that eleven thousand dollars reflect the five percent increase is that what that is um i i didn't i didn't i did i did not prepare this one so i don't know i would assume so

1:05:50Speaker 14

So it's not like he gets, I don't know. I would assume so. Third person, $11,000 for going on the trip.

1:05:56Speaker 14

Okay. It's 2,500 for going on the trip.

1:06:00Speaker 10

Well, the, no, he he's in the GFO is, is, is a prestigious award, especially.

1:06:05Speaker 14

I'm not pushing that at all. I think it's wonderful to do it. It is. Yeah.

1:06:09Speaker 10

And we want our employees to have these because this is our finance department and this is who are in charge of our budget.

1:06:15Speaker 15

So it's true. 100%, I agree on education and increase of knowledge. Yes. And not that we need more certificates hanging on, but we need more knowledge.

1:06:25Speaker 10

No, we need the knowledge. We want it to stay here.

1:06:27 – 1:07:23Speaker 15

And I agree with that. My only concern, and just hear me out, is when we have 5% increase for you being a rock star and going and getting a certification and improving your knowledge. And then they get another increase for doing something else. And then there's another increase for doing something else. And we know that we had this problem a couple of years ago that the auditor brought to us. And I'm concerned about that because we don't have an internal auditor right now. So I'm going to vote in favor of this, but I want to make sure that this is why we have internal auditors to make sure that There's a checks and balances system. I'm not going to say there's nobody to take advantage of because when you further your education, that's a great thing across the board. But when you go 5% plus 5% plus 5%, now all of a sudden that inequality again that we had before the cuffs and class study starts to get the scales become unbalanced again. So I just want us to be mindful going forward that we don't have an internal auditor to make sure that we're not overstepping certain things. Right. And there's a lot of

1:07:24Speaker 12

i mean other public mr jobs where you don't get paid for your education

1:07:29 – 1:07:53Speaker 15

i understand but this is our policy and i will support this and i'm thankful because we got yannick back and our finance department is blowing it out of the water you guys are doing fantastic i just think that going forward we need to be mindful of some of the policies and things that can happen yeah agreed and just and just be just because maybe everybody doesn't do this doesn't mean they shouldn't and also keep in mind like some of these degrees like an mba or cpa or some of the things

1:07:54 – 1:08:08Speaker 10

they could go somewhere else and make a lot more. So we're just trying to give them some kind of little incentive to stay. And really, in the big screen of schemes, if they went to the private sector, they could make a lot more. So we're trying to keep these people here.

1:08:10Speaker 10

And I will gladly resend you that policy so you can review it on our lunch break. I will resend that to you.

1:08:15Speaker 14

And for one who's been here for many, many, many years before, turnover in the city is too high.

1:08:21 – 1:09:43Speaker 6

yes and we're trying and we're trying to reduce that and make it a good place to work uh thank you so the raise kicks in upon completion and passing this certification correct yes and then so does the 2500 the one time yeah so it's a one time and it does not add to their base so it doesn't and when are you scheduled to to to do this it's going to happen to 27 okay yeah so so in there and then um the last quote well not the rest but it again we said that this scaling up program the incentive program was because we wanted parody with the union contracts for this yes and this is a resolution that was passed by you and i'll report to you yes we're trying to do it for all employees to make it open i completely understand again i would just voice you know you guys already started saying hey look at this this could become a problem If we treat every type of employee the same from an incentive program, that's how you get into those troublesome areas, especially since if you just apply it blanketly to everybody, a lineman out in the field

1:09:44 – 1:10:02Speaker 14

has very different incentive needs than someone is there a problem that no no I agree with you but I think like Mr for that for your example and I don't disagree with you you know but I so I think it'll like some of the electric department wouldn't be asking or wouldn't be approved by his supervisor to take a homex home

1:10:02 – 1:10:25Speaker 6

yeah it has to it has to be approved by the manager it has to be submitted for the budget i understand that but then you look at somebody who's in the professional office field there's many many many more certification um opportunities and so on and it can quickly become imbalanced as commissioner malega was was referring to um are we paying for the certification yes

1:10:29 – 1:10:46Speaker 10

Yes. And when you're talking about somebody in, like, say, the IBW, your troubleman, your lineman, they're very well compensated. So your low level, comparing like an administrative assistant to a troubleman, the salary ranges are very different. I wasn't. I was comparing the director. I'm sorry.

1:10:47Speaker 6

So they're probably similar to compensated.

1:10:49Speaker 10

But it has to be managed by the department, the department head.

1:10:52Speaker 6

I understand. I'm trying to just ask a few questions. Okay.

1:10:55Speaker 10

Trying to answer them.

1:11:02 – 1:11:16Speaker 6

How much does the certification cost? You have no idea? Okay.

1:11:18Speaker 4

Paul, Paul, Paul, Paul, Paul parks. Good. Follow up.

1:11:21Speaker 6

Yeah. And realize I'm just asking these questions now.

1:11:23Speaker 8

I'm sorry on it. Can you speak into the mic, please?

1:11:26 – 1:11:41Speaker 6

I am. I'm not asking these questions in particular to you just more to educate myself on the program and just understand where we're at. So I am I am all for this kind of a program. I actually love this kind of a program. I just want to make sure that I understand it. So thank you for again.

1:11:43Speaker 4

For those that didn't hear me, it's approximately, I would say, $1,000, but I can give you a more accurate number.

1:11:49Speaker 6

Yeah, no, I was just concerned because in other industries, some of these problems are $10,000, $20,000, $30,000. Yes. Why not?

1:11:55Speaker 14

If we need it, right? All right, thank you.

1:12:03 – 1:13:44Speaker 5

yeah i just um i i hear the concern that commissioner segrets raises of you know if you reward blanket across then you're not rewarding you know out of the ordinary i'm i'm hearing a background like a recording or whatever well could we turn that off or use an earphone or something that's disturbing and we've never had that before when pvso has been here so see if you can do something about that um uh i just want to say that it's a real challenge as a small city to retain and attract you know quality preaching to the choir no i'm not at all well yes um i just want to say i i really appreciate that the difficulty of trying within the constraints of not a very luxurious budget not an ability to have a luxurious budget of trying to find imaginative ways to build a program that does that and i appreciate the work that you've done on that with the comps and things and various ones so um yes i do hear that there might be a concern that if somebody does five certifications in there you know but i think there's probably a certain amount of of governors built into that so it doesn't get out of hand so i really appreciate the work that you're doing on that thank you commissioner right so you know it's not the wild west here it's you know trying to keep

1:13:45 – 1:13:57Speaker 10

it gives people something to to strive for yeah so how many can they do a year five percent bumps can they do a year uh it's supposed to be one anything more than one has to be approved at the city manager level

1:13:58 – 1:14:21Speaker 14

yeah um and it looks it reflects good on the city to have certified certified clerks yeah yeah and it and it really helps with our retention because our employees know that they can work for something they have to earn it you have to stick around yawning all right short time okay so do we have did we do consensus on this consent consent consent thank you

1:14:28Speaker 5

Can our commission be eligible?

1:14:32 – 1:14:55Speaker 4

I don't know what kind of certifications. But my supplements are all certifications. So in addition to mine, if you turn to page 25, we have a purchasing agent who's going to be pursuing the Florida Certified Contract Manager. No, that's a purchasing agent, one who works on the Valentina. Valentina, do you want to speak on it?

1:15:00 – 1:15:50Speaker 17

Good morning, Valentina Susteda, Assistant Finance Director, Purchasing. So this is the certification for our purchasing agent that is managing contracts. This is a Florida state certification. It does not cost the city anything to actually go through the program. It requires probably about a year of studying and then taking a couple of days of intense program and then it takes an exam. So we are not paying for anything except basically this program that would be $2,500 plus the 5% increase. Our purchasing agent manages and she drafts and works with the city attorney for about probably 300 to 400 contracts a year.

1:15:50Speaker 14

How long has she been with us?

1:15:52Speaker 17

She has been with us. Now it's going to be the second year.

1:15:58 – 1:16:43Speaker 12

Ms. May? Just a quick question, and I do want to go on record that I obviously appreciate education. This is just a whole new policy for me that I know that Lauren said that we approved it, but I guess I didn't really understand the consequences of it. So this one is a year-long program. So she's gonna go into this and she's gonna go for a whole year long and she's going to get 5% on her salary and 2,500. Do we take into account the number of hours course, because it sounds like in this, let's pretend this has nothing to do with you, Yannick. One course had six months of work and one has a whole year of work and they're getting the same bonus.

1:16:44 – 1:16:57Speaker 17

I think that Lauren has explained that there are different tiers for someone to actually pass this. I went through this one myself, so it was a little bit, it is a difficult, so this is an advanced.

1:16:57Speaker 12

I'm not arguing the difficulty of it. I'm arguing, are the tiers based on the number of hours per course, the level of the employee?

1:17:07 – 1:17:51Speaker 10

They're based on certain criteria. And I will send you that. I don't have the policy in front of me. It's usually based on, does it require that you have a certain number of years experience in your field first? Is it a proctored exam? Does it require continuing education credits? course may be longer shorter depending on the field but for the the difficulty of attaining it and the work that comes in behind it that's what we put into the criteria and we could if you want to look at that criteria you think that we could tweak it i'm open we we were trying to work understand it yeah i will absolutely send it to you and then by by all means we can go over it together and like i said i'm very open to tweaking

1:17:52Speaker 14

And some days, sometimes it's 3 days, the 3 day intense 3 day course, and I go to sales that are right.

1:17:58Speaker 10

I'm just trying to. Yeah, I just a 3 day course would not give you a 2500 dollar bonus.

1:18:04Speaker 12

And well, that's what I'm asking. Yes. You know, number of course, you take 180 hour course.

1:18:12 – 1:18:37Speaker 10

it's not ours it's not necessarily the hours of the court it's the amount of like the the criteria behind it and the experience behind it so you're we're not giving people um a five percent increase for cpr that kind of stuff got it okay thank you yeah it's not a participation award oh no i don't think it was it looks like it's gonna be hard this girl's got to go to school for a whole year for this she got to study yes yeah okay thanks thank you

1:18:38Speaker 14

Okay, up next.

1:18:41 – 1:18:56Speaker 6

Sorry, one more quick question on it. With these courses, if somebody had to, let's say, go for an intensive week, are they taking PTO to go to that week, or are we paying them while they're at that course?

1:18:57 – 1:19:20Speaker 17

some of these are very intense so so for this one we do pay um this is going to take a three days of the online uh state provides the online uh the course they have a break uh and then after that is an exam so we do give them a pay them for their time for that so the state does not charge us for this but the employees do get paid for that

1:19:20 – 1:19:47Speaker 6

eight hours yeah but let's say for the the courses that we do pay for let's say we're paying a thousand dollars for the course and someone has to go away for three days is it our general policy that if you're taking one of these courses you're also getting paid while you're doing that well she just said she just said for this three-day course they do get paid while they're taking it what's the answer because so i mean i wouldn't say that you have to take vacation time if you want to increase your

1:19:48 – 1:19:59Speaker 4

No, like for myself, if I study on my own, I don't take days off. That's either a study before. Yeah, it depends on the program. I'm just saying, what's your policy?

1:19:59Speaker 10

No, our policy is if they're attending a work-related course that we mandated that they attend, they get paid for it.

1:20:08Speaker 6

that they're mandated, but an optional one that they're trying.

1:20:11Speaker 10

An optional one, but if it's for their career advancement, it is approved by management, absolutely, we pay for their time. Yes, we don't pay overtime for it, but they'll get paid their regular schedule.

1:20:21Speaker 6

Just understand, just because I'm asking a question doesn't mean I'm trying to refute it.

1:20:26Speaker 10

I know, I'm just trying to explain it thoroughly.

1:20:29Speaker 6

Someone just gives a yes or a no.

1:20:31Speaker 14

Okay. Mr. McCoy?

1:20:35 – 1:21:02Speaker 5

Yeah, I'd just like to remind us all in this whole supplemental discussion, if I remember, if I'm reading it right, on page two of the budget supplementals book, it says, if I understand it right, somebody correct me if I'm wrong, that if we approve every one of these requests, we still have 3.7 million available funds. Correct. So we are not spending ourselves into the basement by any means, even if we approve everything.

1:21:02Speaker 4

That is correct.

1:21:03Speaker 5

We could even double of it and still be okay. I'm not saying we should do that, but just to keep some overall perspective, if I'm correct.

1:21:11Speaker 4

That is correct.

1:21:16Speaker 8

I'm sorry, before you all continue, the 15 minutes has elapsed, and I just wanted to make sure on the last certification for the purchasing agent, there was a 5-0 for consensus.

1:21:27Speaker 15

Yes. Okay. Just wanted to make sure.

1:21:33Speaker 14

Next up, Candice.

1:21:35 – 1:21:51Speaker 4

Yes. My last one for finance is this is a one-time lump sum performance payment. So for these, it's for three of our staff, on account two, senior budget analyst, Ms. Dale.

1:21:52Speaker 14

Is that three?

1:21:57Speaker 7

Because that's breaking so basically two employees will receive a CG oh and then one employee will be receiving their.

1:22:06 – 1:22:20Speaker 4

So the 5% was our increase was already approved last year, so this, but we did not incorporate the 2500 lump sum, so this is just a one time. lump sum payment yes.

1:22:21Speaker 14

So you can chance consent. Okay.

1:22:24Speaker 5

Is it two or three people getting three people? Yes. Two plus one is three.

1:22:34Speaker 14

Thank you. Five to zero, five to zero consent on the, uh, canvas Dale accounting course.

1:22:45Speaker 12

Supplemental. Okay.

1:22:46Speaker 7

So next will be HR.

1:22:50 – 1:23:09Speaker 14

Lauren, you're up. Really? Next up Lauren Slayton. Hello. He's bad. Yep.

1:23:10Speaker 5

There you go.

1:23:12Speaker 10

Hear me now? Yeah. Okay.

1:23:13 – 1:23:41Speaker 10

This is for one of my employees. She's been here three years. No, this is Susie. So Jenny is my assistant director, who luckily for her is at a family reunion and not here today. But she's on a beach while we're here. But no, this is one of my employees. She was hired about three years ago as a generalist, as an HR journalist. She has her master's degree. She's going for one of her certifications, and I would like to promote her.

1:23:42Speaker 14

And this insurance certification is something that she obviously, I'm asking, she uses day to day in her job.

1:23:48 – 1:25:00Speaker 10

Oh, actually, I apologize. I'm looking at the wrong one. This is for, this is, I've got three. So this is for Unique. This is the girl who handles our benefits. I think everybody has probably met. What? I'm sorry? I am on page seven of the supplementals. Okay. I don't have the, I don't have the budget book. So, and I am blind as a bat. Okay. So welcome to my old age guys. I apologize. So this is for, um, unique Royal. She has been with the city for about seven years. She's been with me for four. She started as administrative assistant in public works where I stole her. And, um, Jamie forgave me after about a year. She's done a fabulous job taking over our benefits. She has taken our wellness program to all new levels, bringing us to a platinum level for the mental health. I could not be prouder of her. And so she's been seeking her CEAPS, her Certified Employee Benefit Specialist certification. It takes a couple of years to do it, which actually it takes a lot of people four. And I think she's going to do it in two, which is incredible. So I would like her to get this certification paid.

1:25:02 – 1:25:18Speaker 15

Any questions, Ms. Malaga? I have a question because I was on the other one as well, age 27, I think it was, as well. And I see that each one of these women in HR is only getting a $1,500 versus the ones we just talked about in finance are getting $2,500.

1:25:18 – 1:25:48Speaker 10

Because those are more advanced degrees. yeah yeah it goes through the years of experience behind it and it you know and I'll send you those tears yeah okay because I do see there's a logic behind it yes there is yes there is because it's against the employees who are listening I want them to know that we want to know what the logic is behind it to make sure that it's equitable for everybody that's all yes yes it's not that you don't like June oh I love you oh are you kidding I don't know what I would do without Jenny I love Jenny this

1:25:50 – 1:26:41Speaker 12

my question is and and i know it's policy always that it's a five percent they previously it was there's five percent for everything five percent for everything but then we then we changed the policy to include the tears okay but my question is and then so we just talked about um you know negotiating for a race right and we were talking about x amount so if i'm an employee and i'm and i'm i just got my three percent raise because that's what the union negotiated and somebody else takes a course and gets a five percent raise you get both okay but what about positions that don't have courses they get the regular whatever they're whatever whatever whatever we decide the cost of living increase will be they get the cost of living increased

1:26:42Speaker 10

But we encourage all employees to do this if they can.

1:26:44Speaker 12

So most of the employee positions have opportunities for continuing education?

1:26:50Speaker 12

In the administrative? In administrative or in all departments?

1:26:56Speaker 10

In all departments. Some positions, maybe not so much. So maybe, you know, like the linemen, the troublemen, once they are licensed and they get through their apprentice program, that's kind of their career path.

1:27:07 – 1:28:28Speaker 12

right and they've maxed out this is how much they're going to make and they make more on overtime and exactly rodeos what about leisure services like what about people in parks and rec like do they have an opportunity yes for other certifications yes there are recreational there's all sorts of that was my question yeah just wondering we're getting into yes and you know i mean and my other thing was thinking well it's fun five percent on every year so we're not really considering is this a lean year or is this a fat year you know what i mean where we're looking at the weight again no no i'm just looking at the if you're negotiating raises each year and this is always five percent i don't know i've got to earn an extra five yeah this is something that we incorporate into the budget process no and i get it and i suppose that i'm just looking at you know if we have to go ahead and future in the future maybe is the five percent like a state state set or in the future could we say okay because we need to decrease blah blah blah we could give three percent something like that for it for the union positions we would have to negotiate that the ones that we set for the for the non-bargaining yes you could change it okay i mean i don't want to but i'm just thinking ahead because we're going to have to be creative

1:28:29 – 1:28:54Speaker 15

yes question do we provide that information to all departments if they have the opportunity to take the certification as available yes and i worked with the departments when we created the policy and we looked i tried to first include every single certification but there's so many i just said okay so i added criteria instead of actually listing them but yes we work with the departments the emails that say hey you need to go to iemo one two leadership we do that for all of our staff if there's something available yes okay thank you for telling me

1:28:56 – 1:29:20Speaker 14

i'm not i consent no i think it's a good idea i just wanted to learn more about it thank you all righty next up i'm sorry can i say something she has a couple of more supplementals to go through yeah do you want to consent after each one or do you want her to go through on each one it's much less confusing page 27 now or eight no eight eight

1:29:25 – 1:30:18Speaker 10

Okay, this is Susie Sanchez, and this is who I was talking about earlier. I apologize. Susie's been with us three years. She has a master's degree. She's really taken on a lot of the projects for us. She took on the evaluation system, automating that, and creating a new one for us, which we rolled out to the department heads and assistant department heads, and we'll be rolling out to all the other employees on October 1st. um she has taken over the recruiting and brought to all new levels um this generation is so much more tech savvy than me so she's really been instrumental in creating you know and automating a lot of the process and streamlining them and um she's been she's really taken up leadership roles and i couldn't be prouder of her so i'd like to promote her consent consent what'd you get her masters in human resources makes sense yes veterinary studies that's the perfect answer

1:30:20Speaker 12

All right. What about this one? Promotional activities.

1:30:25 – 1:31:08Speaker 10

This one is we were hoping to build a program to reward our employees and recognize them on their milestone anniversaries and when they retire. We don't really have a budget for that right now. We really haven't done much when people retire. Maybe give them a plaque. so and also for we've had employees who have been here over 30 years and they get maybe a thank you from their department right now so we're hoping to maybe give you know some kind of like milestone achievement you know thank you for being here five years ten years twenty thirty you're asking for six thousand dollars additional yes yes yes okay and you may want to bump it up a little bit yes well take it as it comes baby steps baby steps

1:31:09 – 1:31:23Speaker 6

Consent. I just had a quick question on the last one because I just flipped the page and saw the backup. In your letter, it's saying the impact was 6,703.36, but in the impact, it was 8,408. What page are you on? Page 8 versus page 10.

1:31:37 – 1:31:49Speaker 14

They're different one. No, no, no. It's the same one. I don't the same. You go to eight and then 910.

1:31:50Speaker 10

I don't have your budget book, so it's not a supplemental book.

1:31:54Speaker 12

Right. Okay. So this is how

1:32:02 – 1:32:15Speaker 7

What some of the salaries you have some people that are allocated amongst various departments. So what you're looking at is that total 8,408 is the total increase across all departments. So she split between. Understood.

1:32:15Speaker 6

I'm comparing that to the line on page 10, which says total budget supplement across all, which says 6,703.

1:32:26Speaker 14

In the last part of your letter fiscal impact.

1:32:33Speaker 7

I'm sorry, that should have been updated to 8,408. That's what that number should be.

1:32:38Speaker 10

Yes, the correct number is on page eight of the supplemental package.

1:32:42Speaker 7

Yeah, it is. Thank you. And Hector just pointed out, that's just holding the salary.

1:32:47Speaker 12

It's not including the FICA taxes or the pension contributions.

1:32:51Speaker 14

So that's what that 6,703 is. There's always some reason. Okay, next.

1:33:00Speaker 6

Are you sure that math's out?

1:33:03 – 1:33:18Speaker 7

i see he he's a genius and he's with the numbers hector is a human calculator so we trust him okay where are we look at 1676 times four and that's the total salaries and that's when you should get that number at

1:33:20 – 1:33:34Speaker 6

no i was talking the difference between the eight and the 6700 but anyway splitting hairs all right okay um wait wait wait don't we have we have one on page 27 the insurance of certification for human resources

1:33:51Speaker 14

That's what I thought.

1:33:53Speaker 15

Page 27. Yeah, 27.

1:33:54Speaker 12

We were doing it first. Okay. Oh, this is the same thing? No, it's not.

1:34:04 – 1:34:51Speaker 10

This is a different certification for a different employee. This is for Therese Hall Poitier. She's been with the city, I think, 10 years, and she has been with me for about six. Another one that I stole from Million Waters. It takes them a year to forgive me. But she's just taken on our risk program and taken to all different levels. She was here being recognized as, and she's going to kill me for as a risk professional of the year. Oh, nice. She does not like the spotlight, but she's really, she's taken our safety committee to all new levels. We have such great participation. She takes it seriously whenever there's an accident. She's the first one out there taking pictures. She's really implemented a lot of safety programs. I can't rave about her enough. So this is another certification.

1:34:52 – 1:35:14Speaker 15

what's that yeah two thousand dollars yeah consent yeah definitely it's eight thousand dollars but conditional additional is two thousand additional requests total fiscal impact eight thousand dollars budget for they're asking for an additional two thousand dollars they already budgeted for part of it yep got it i've had some supplement

1:35:15Speaker 7

Do you want me to explain the breakout? Maybe that's where the confusion is coming from.

1:35:19Speaker 6

Actually, yeah. No, it is a total of 8,000. It's just on this particular fund, it's only 2,000 out of this fund. Right. But the total impact's 8,000.

1:35:28Speaker 12

So we should have this thing come up again somewhere else where we'll see 4,000 and somewhere else where we'll see 2,000. Yeah.

1:35:35 – 1:35:46Speaker 10

And the HR department, we're spread out over different funds and all my employees do everything, even though they specialize in risk or benefits. If you go down there and Teresa isn't there, somebody else can help you too.

1:35:47Speaker 6

So for the sake of time, do we just want to say that we approve it across the board? Yeah. I don't think we're not going to prove it in the other funds.

1:35:55 – 1:36:13Speaker 4

We don't try, but yes, commissioners. So HR has a state and she has different funds. And if you look at the agenda, this was there's a general fund and then she's going to go to the benefit fund and the self-insurance fund is that that's what we have on the agenda. So she will cover those.

1:36:13 – 1:36:42Speaker 12

Are they the same people? it's the same time we've already approved that we approve it in all funds as long as it's the same people in the same person yes it's not that big a department no so i think we're good there do you guys agree yes yes get that the same people the same this yeah same people in the same courses correct everything yeah yeah you guys yeah don't go over it again okay go on get your degrees great thank you good does that mean we have time to go to the ladies room

1:36:42Speaker 14

Let's take a break. Okay.

1:36:45Speaker 12

Okay. Or the men's room or the gentle, neutral bathroom.

1:37:13Speaker 5

No problem, no problem.

1:51:33 – 1:52:24Speaker 8

Are we ready to resume? Are we ready to resume? i was asking were we ready to resume well yeah she's perfect shine just shy moment sorry you guys were muted for a minute oh my god madam mayor it is 11 26 and we have reconvened thank you very much mr waters you're up

1:52:25 – 1:53:35Speaker 20

Good morning, William Waters, Community Sustainability Director. I want to preface some of the comments on the supplemental with the fact that my team and I are spending the next few years in a valid attempt to create a succession plan because I will be retiring at some point. in the foreseeable future. And my goal is to have a team that can take over and respond to all the things that are necessary in the Community Sustainability Department by division, depending on how the budget picture goes, because this department is heavily reliant on generating fees and providing services, but at the same time, it's quite an expensive department. So the first one you have before you is the promotion of My budget manager, office person who's been with us, the city over six years, but has nearly 30 years of public service. She has two master's degrees. And I would like the other three divisions that are the bigger ones in the department have an assistant director who is in charge of them. And I would like to promote this person to be an assistant director for the administrative and the business license division.

1:53:35Speaker 14

So it's currently 90 and you want to bump it to 96.

1:53:40Speaker 20

Yes, ma'am. But it does cross over two different funding sources, the general fund and the building fund.

1:53:45Speaker 15

That is my question. Why is it general fund if she's in community sustainability and she's building?

1:53:52 – 1:54:54Speaker 20

Most of my department is in the general fund. We have six divisions in the community sustainability. Only one that's the building fund is the building fund. And then there's two additional funds, which is the beautification fund we do some work with, as well as the coder mediation fund. But those are not set up as separate divisions. They're not set up as separate divisions. how many empty positions do you have right now I know I knew the number until Friday we have two other we have one person in the process of being going to a different department uh one two three four five six seven eight eight or nine empty position yes and that includes code planning Wikipedia includes co-compliance planning and preservation the building fund uh and then We are, I hate to jinx it, but the other divisions business licenses and administration customer service is okay right now.

1:54:55Speaker 14

But you have a lot of vacancies. Yes. And the proposed budget is with those vacancies.

1:55:01 – 1:55:48Speaker 20

So it includes funding all the funding. Yes, ma'am. That is a challenge that we have, especially in the planning and preservation division and the building division. Both of those are extremely difficult to fill the positions with co compliance. We have a lot of interested applicants. uh we don't have that many qualified applicants and they do find it challenging working in Lake Worth Beach because traditional co-compliance uh operates a little differently here because we are such a non-conforming city and we're lesser affluent so the issues and concerns they have to embrace are rather complicated so we have a burnout rate it's pretty high yeah then I drive around gaining communities

1:55:50Speaker 14

Okay. Any questions about the $6,000 from Mr. Segenschein?

1:55:58 – 1:56:20Speaker 6

I don't have much of an issue with the monetary of it. But so skill set wise, going from budget office manager to director of administration, and then being in charge of oversight of the ERP system implementation, walk me through the skill set leap there.

1:56:20 – 1:56:56Speaker 20

Well, she's already been through a transition of an ERP system before with another entity, and she's serving as well as the next supplemental increase as the sort of subject matter expert to organize how our various divisions then have their own subject matter experts with the ERP implementation. And they have been attending every single meeting, which is a one to one and a half hour meeting for each one of the divisions every week. And we are Thank you, Nellie and her pressure. We made a huge monumental step forward this week.

1:56:57Speaker 20

I think she deserves a part. She's over there. But anyway, we made yesterday. We had the best meeting that I've attended since this all started.

1:57:07Speaker 6

That sounds great.

1:57:08Speaker 20

I'm not promising we're going to get there real quick.

1:57:12 – 1:57:54Speaker 6

And that maybe as an idea, exploring a certification in process management, Six Sigma or something like that for an individual like this, because I consider... in the future you know if we're looking at how do we reduce budgets and and gain efficiencies it's going to be process management um it's going to be leveraging our erp system so you know if this individual has those skill sets and the desire that might be a good educational um path to pursue for them we will look look at toward that for fy28 okay so it's a six okay so uh miss malega agrees yeah but i do have a quick question i didn't see you like i didn't on the bottom i don't see where

1:57:55 – 1:58:09Speaker 15

There's 2 account numbers, 1 for retirement, 401 K, or 418 of 7884. And the other 1 says retirement defined benefit plan negative 13,012. Why is there a savings? Can you explain that?

1:58:09 – 1:58:24Speaker 7

Yes, because her current pay, she is part of the general defined pension plan. But if she is promoted to assistant director, that's when the 401A will take over. You have an additional benefit. Yeah, she would be removed from that one and then.

1:58:24Speaker 15

Which is a savings.

1:58:25Speaker 7

Correct. Thank you. You're welcome.

1:58:26Speaker 14

Thank you. Ms. May? Mr. Oh, I'm sorry, Mr. McCoy.

1:58:33Speaker 3

Oh, you mentioned something about the ERP union.

1:58:36Speaker 8

Commissioner McVoy, can you speak into your mic, please?

1:58:39 – 1:59:08Speaker 5

I am, but I'll turn it on, which will make it work better. You mentioned ERP and Commissioner Segrich's emphasis on process. I would just add to that, hopefully this person is well involved with the suggestions that were worked out by the internal auditor. as far as he had a whole report on how, yeah. And I hope that, cause that looked like pretty good ideas.

1:59:09 – 1:59:47Speaker 20

that person as well as the representatives from the building division are heavily involved. And we did impart much of that direction and request to the ERP representatives back last June when we met with them for an entire week and went over what our expectations were in terms of customer service, interface on the website, improving understanding of how we get through various systems. So that's all on the plate. Thank you. The plate's really full and hadn't broken yet, but it's very full. It's a good plate. In tandem with her position, I'm sorry.

1:59:47 – 2:00:05Speaker 12

I think my question is very similar to Mr. McVoy's where we were working at customer service and clarity and transparency. And I don't know what your other positions are, but do you have somebody who's in charge of that, of customer service?

2:00:06Speaker 20

This position is that okay.

2:00:07Speaker 12

So if, I mean, now that we're on the training mode here, if there is a leadership position to help, um, train for customer service, they should take this.

2:00:18Speaker 20

The city has provided several opportunities for that in house. And there actually is an educational opportunity that I would like for this position for next fiscal year.

2:00:26 – 2:00:38Speaker 20

I don't wanna dump too much on them all at one time, cuz rolling out the new ERP, which will cross over fiscal years. and taking on the additional challenges here is a lot. And then FY28 will probably be coming back for testing.

2:00:38Speaker 12

The holes in the air can see where we need to supplement with humans, right? Yes. Yeah. Okay.

2:00:45Speaker 14

Thank you. You're in. Mr. Segrist? I already consented. Okay. So that's consent.

2:00:55 – 2:01:51Speaker 20

In tandem to that, on page 15 is a promotion in recognition of my only legacy employee that I have who's been with us since I arrived here, Ashley Easterday. She's got 20 years of experience with the city. I want some redundancy in supervisory and management skill. And Ashley's really stepped up to the plate. She's also an expert on Novoline and is really being very instrumental in identifying how to ensure the new ERP system includes what we have now and improving it better. So I would like to promote her to be the backup to Alicia because Alicia will need to have a succession plan in 10 or so years. And we've also encouraged, and Ashley does seem to be embracing it, that she'd like to get a higher education degree. And that'll probably be an FY28 as well.

2:01:52Speaker 14

She's in the front desk, Ashley and Tiffany. In terms of customer service, those two are wonderful.

2:02:00Speaker 20

Thank you. You may be getting an email about one of them in a couple of days.

2:02:06Speaker 20

No, for the fact that they're very good.

2:02:08Speaker 20

They're very entertaining, too.

2:02:10Speaker 14

Yeah. Oh, actually, they're good.

2:02:12Speaker 20

And this position does cost over two funds, half general fund, half building fund. Okay.

2:02:19Speaker 14

Ms. May. Mr. Segridge.

2:02:22Speaker 14

Thank you. It's 5-0 for that one.

2:02:27 – 2:03:53Speaker 20

those are the only two that are related to like um promotions or reclassifications um did you want to go on to the are we doing the other parts of the supplementals on page 28 okay um on page 28 is a certification for myself uh unlike many communities my position is probably equivalent to a deputy or assistant city administrator and i'm called upon to provide expertise or some knowledge in a whole variety of areas that many cities rely on consultants. There is no other person in the county with a position like me that has an architectural degree. I can serve as a building official. I'm also our economic development contact. We lost that position a while ago. And so there are two certifications. I'm still waiting which one is better for the city. One is under sustainable business practices and one is economic leader for the public sector. and so um that's the proposal here and i think i cross over six different funds uh my salary and benefits which um is somewhat explained here so currently it's 91. yes how how many years are you going to be with us until you retire uh four and a half or five

2:03:56 – 2:05:13Speaker 15

unless you kick me out um i'm in favor of this but i just think that for optics in the future that your superiors should be coming for us i think for any director it should be their bosses that should be coming to us for this this is just again for the optics i think that when the public is listening and looking i mean i would like to stand up here and say we all deserve a raise but at the bottom line is i think the city manager for all directors across the board Just like you advocate for your assistance and yours, you know, people below you on your team. I think that the city manager or the assistant city manager should be in the future coming forward with these requests. Just my opinion, but I haven't paid her department had began some of the department director coming in saying, Hey, I'm gonna go get the certificate, and I think I deserve it. And I think that this is, I just think it for the optics of the residents and the business owners across the board is a policy. i think that that should be a policy for the city that if it's a director if lauren were standing before us asking us for something i would say well what does your boss think yeah that's what i would like to hear from their boss is the city manager interim city manager assistant city manager i just as a policy i think that's something we should discuss going forward um for the future of the city and the way the city looks i do support it i'm in favor um and again just looking out in the future but the total that i'm sorry is 95 000.

2:05:14 – 2:05:37Speaker 12

up that's what it's going to say that's what hits the general fund oh okay there are five other funds that are hit that's fine um consensus from the um city manager regarding what sarah said i mean is this something that makes sense for william to go do

2:05:39Speaker 14

Or just ask. I think your issue is putting the employee in position.

2:05:46Speaker 15

I just think it looks bad. It does look bad.

2:05:48Speaker 12

It does look bad. And I don't know if it has been cleared with, like everybody else has been cleared.

2:05:53 – 2:06:04Speaker 15

Well, I'm sure he's cleared. They've all had their budget meetings. I know they cleared it. I just think for presentations factor, whoever's sitting up here in the future may be a little unkind. And I think that it's good for them.

2:06:04Speaker 20

Oh, I can take it.

2:06:05Speaker 15

Yeah, but maybe someone else.

2:06:08Speaker 14

It's a good point. It's the manager. You come for your employees and he comes for you. Correct. And it should be across all directors.

2:06:16Speaker 3

That's why we could change that process.

2:06:19 – 2:06:32Speaker 12

But as for now, any of the directors, so for this budget hearing, any of the directors that come up and ask for something for themselves, it has been cleared and covered by you guys. Okay, then I just want to have that on the record.

2:06:34Speaker 12

Okay, thank you.

2:06:36Speaker 14

It was awkward. Ms. May, did you have a question? No, that was it.

2:06:40 – 2:07:04Speaker 6

Mr. Segrich? thank you and and i i hear the the arguments on optics and i would agree and it's not for me it's not just about the optics of it it's about understanding the the justification and what's the plan right um where so this certificate where are we going to see the benefit at the city level

2:07:04 – 2:08:42Speaker 20

Well, part of it gets to what you were mentioning about AI and tackling better integration of AI and other elements in the public sector, because the certification does include looking at how to be a leader in the emerging, evolving technology of how we do our business. It's actually a program through Cornell University. 14 weeks. I do it all my own time. I don't do them during the city time. The classes are all at night. And so, and we, what I found in the previous ones that I've done, you meet people from all over the world and you share experiences that you have. And many of them have been quite beneficial. And we've, we, the city have shared quite a bit with Cornell. I will give you an example is that we shared our carbon neutrality element for the comp plan. which we can't adopt here anymore, but it was shared with them and it was the first time they'd seen such a thing. And so, Our name as a city is out there a lot, being ahead of the curve on so many things. We haven't been able to adopt all of those things, but people have been very generous in recognizing us and borrowing what we've been able to achieve. And so I look forward to that. It's a combination of things. And then I'm encouraging my staff to look at the various opportunities. They have like 75 different tracks of education you can look at and how we run the public sector government is evolving quickly and most of us don't necessarily get out of our bubble and this is a really good opportunity to get out of the bubble then bring things back

2:08:42 – 2:09:05Speaker 14

And I think there's a real value to that sort of thing, no matter who it is, whether it's elected officials or employees. I think there's a real value to getting out there in the field and hearing it and talking, getting new ideas and coming back with some new ideas and a different perspective. And also, I think you have some great reputation. We talked about it quite often talks about the reputation.

2:09:07 – 2:09:51Speaker 6

so um in a positive way um so understanding that you are retiring four to five years succession planning uh 45 to 4. 45 I'll be here and mummified well that's the agreement right if you get the certification you're here for 45 years yeah um I got a signature for the year do we have identified who's the next person where like for example this certification would be be good for you know do we have that person next in line because understanding you go and do this it takes you 14 months it's a year year and a half by the time it happens the city is only going to benefit for about two years from from this so do you have in mind a succession plan for 14 weeks

2:09:52 – 2:11:20Speaker 20

is the class okay so 14 weeks sorry you should have at least a benefit of like three and a half four years okay but you know do you have somebody in mind who would kind of follow in this path i have a position in mind i don't necessarily create or think in the future necessarily based on a person because i have experienced over and over and the mayor is very well aware of this lots of good planning person gets a better opportunity they're gone so i'm trying to create the ladder of succession so they could take it take part of that but also identify in working with the city manager's office a position that can embrace all the things that i'm asked to do at the city which is far more than what it involves and just running the DCS Department more of the economic development well I do also marketing I created part of your logo stuff and all that that was pulled in from the economic development sign yes so thank you and I consent okay great thank you thank you yeah speaking about out of the bubble On 29, we're asking for a bit more money so that the planning and preservation staff have a greater opportunity to go to at least a statewide conference. And there are eight positions there, and we don't have money for everybody to at least go to something. And then on page 30, that's the additional funds that go along with that because there's travel and per diem as well as registrations for the training.

2:11:28 – 2:12:32Speaker 20

Yep, 5-0. On page 31, there are requests that many of our staff be members of professional organizations. We're asking that they all have an opportunity to do that. This one might be affected by what's going into effect July 1st as to what the state will allow us to pay for or not. But I would like to have the money here so that once we work out that everybody hopefully can be a member of APA or um we've had all the staff do some sustainability um uh work and how have um certifications in green globes emerging professionals which also combines a lot of attention to lead and so some of we'd like to have this whether we're going to be able to have all the memberships we would want based on the state i don't know and you used what was budgeted for uh 2026. We did a lot of it, but remember, there were three, four vacancies in 26. We've actually filled two of them, and then we still have two that we are interviewing for one, and we have an offer out for the other one.

2:12:32Speaker 14

I do know that some of these programs have increased their prices.

2:12:36Speaker 20

They've gotten insane.

2:12:40Speaker 14

I consent. Ms. May? Yep.

2:12:42Speaker 20

Mr. McVoy? I consent.

2:12:44Speaker 8

Before we continue, Madam Mayor, 15 minutes has elapsed. Thank you.

2:12:49 – 2:13:23Speaker 20

Then on page 32 is in a request for additional funding for our postage in the code compliance division. I will say that the charge to all the division managers was look at your operational expenses, try to have your net change to the division to be less. And if you think you look at the whole book, the operating expenses that we control, even with adding additional money in the postage, we have taken money out of other areas that are other would like to do items are not absolutely necessary or their activities that we would bring back to you in the future and have your as a budget amendment in the future.

2:13:23Speaker 14

I can send this consent. Thank you. Along the same lines, 33 is for our postage meter.

2:13:35Speaker 14

Consent. Consent. Stamp? Come on.

2:13:39Speaker 20

Mr. Segrid? Okay. Lake Worth Beach Water Works really well in licking stamps. 34 is postage related to the business license division.

2:13:49Speaker 15

Are we also doing these email notifications?

2:13:53Speaker 20

We don't have that ability yet, but we would like to get to that ability.

2:13:57Speaker 14

Consent. Consent.

2:13:58Speaker 20

And 35 is also related to for the business licenses.

2:14:01Speaker 6

Consent. Also, what's it going to take to get that to that ability? Do you need funding to get that?

2:14:06 – 2:14:56Speaker 20

Is it software or just for the ERP? We're hoping that it's going to include part of the ERP because we don't necessarily have an email address for everybody, but we do have for a lot because it was a field that we could start completing. And I think we started requiring them. as part of the renewal process and the new applications about eight years ago and so we have a lot of email um contact and that is something we would like to do and it's on the list of what the erp business licenses has proven to be the most challenging for the new erp system um to tackle but um i think natalie beating heads again thank you natalie and Alicia as well, as well as Ashley, yesterday we got much farther along in thinking that we can at least improve our customer service interface with a business license in the renewal process.

2:15:02 – 2:15:21Speaker 5

Mr. Boyd? Not to interfere in how you do things, and I don't know it's a good idea, but could you get a enthusiastic, friendly Homies College State student volunteer or intern to call up your whole list of business ones and verify their emails?

2:15:21Speaker 20

People love to hear from Tiffany.

2:15:25Speaker 20

She's exuberant and excited and that part and some of their downtime.

2:15:30Speaker 5

They could be training an additional intern who could be a future.

2:15:33Speaker 20

We have four and they do have some downtime. And so they do do that. Okay.

2:15:38 – 2:16:04Speaker 14

consent page 36 i have a quick you want a purchase of a new printer we're not on 36 we're on 35 oh i'm just writing them okay consent consent consent yeah yeah savage okay okay the next page a purchase of a new printer do you when you do because i haven't in my office i i release it i at least you know a big

2:16:06 – 2:16:32Speaker 20

thing and I don't have to I lease it and they take care of it or do we purchase a little one for that we have a two main big printers and then for confidentiality issues and other things several of the managers have a personal printer in their office and it individually printing out business licenses and a few other documents is much easier on the smaller printer than the big one The big one doesn't seem to like the form paper.

2:16:33Speaker 14

Small ones work a lot because, I mean, I have a small one in my office, too, and it's just like sometimes it wants to print, sometimes it doesn't.

2:16:40Speaker 20

Oh, ours work well. We wear them out. That's why this request is here.

2:16:45Speaker 14

All right, Mr. Malaga. Consent. Consent. Consent. I want to hear his question first.

2:16:52 – 2:17:29Speaker 6

I was going to say, I share the mayor's kind of concern on that. Just in printing and faxing and all that in general, when we're on a small device and it's handling 7,000 things, your cost per page on these things is near $1 or $0.50 if they're in color. Whereas the larger devices, you can be at $0.10. And I know it seems like splitting pennies, but when you multiply it out by the number of forms we're doing, it can be $5,000, $10,000, $15,000, $20,000, $30,000, $100,000 across an organization. So if the larger printer doesn't like the forms, maybe our vendor needs to fix that.

2:17:31Speaker 14

I know the woes. $100 for a couple of things.

2:17:34Speaker 6

Well, no, it's the cost of the ink and toner. It can actually add up to be hundreds of thousands of dollars.

2:17:40Speaker 14

Big one. I have to tell them how many sheets I've used. I get charged for every sheet and I have to buy my own.

2:17:45 – 2:17:59Speaker 6

Correct. But you're doing it at $0.05 and $0.07 a sheet versus $0.50 and $0.75 a sheet. It's a hidden cost that a lot of organizations fall into. And when you're printing thousands of items across it, it's much better to leverage the larger.

2:18:00Speaker 12

How many business licenses can you possibly be printing at 7,000 over the course of the year?

2:18:04 – 2:19:19Speaker 20

Well, some of them get printed in bulk, but then when people come in and you pay for a business license or come by the office and it's remarkable how many people want it in paper. And we'd like to provide that because that's a request they have. They want a physical thing that they can walk away with. And printing it at the desk is a lot easier. So we don't request them to print it. I do want to say also that the next budget workshop, there are two other supplementals. We have two staff in the planning and preservation division who would... It's not here because it didn't quite make the deadline because we were talking to the staff and it kind of got by there. But two of them would like to pursue their masters in planning, and it would go along with what Lauren was mentioning. They would make a bigger commitment to the city, and they will be doing that mostly on their own time. But it is an incentive to keep both of them here, and both have started their careers with us. One, I caught at the pizza joint and I just found out when she had resigned that she was going to go into planning. I said, oh, no, please don't leave because you're really good at customer service. And so now four years later, she's at the point where she would like to seek her master's degree as well as the other young lady.

2:19:19Speaker 14

Master's degree in planning?

2:19:20Speaker 20

In planning from Florida Atlantic University. And so we would like to encourage and support their doing that. And as Lauren mentioned, it will be making a longer commitment to stay with the city.

2:19:29Speaker 14

How much would that be for a master's?

2:19:31 – 2:19:56Speaker 20

We do a reimbursement for part of the cost. We don't cover the entire cost, and it may take them two or three years to finish it because going full-time, you can do it in a year and a half or two years, but they will be doing it part-time. But as you saw with some of the other degrees, there would be a lump sum paid to them once they finish, and they would get either a 5% or 10% increase at some point, probably FY29.

2:19:57Speaker 14

Lump sum, not the entire amount?

2:19:59Speaker 20

Not the entire amount, no. And here's my other question is... And they have to make a certain grade in order to get the full amount that's in the contract.

2:20:08Speaker 20

Well, I think the full amount's an A. Oh, okay.

2:20:12 – 2:20:23Speaker 14

If, you know, we have this thing, you know, they have a commitment to stay X amount of years after they would do, I don't know how many years an MBA would take, but, you know, my question is, if they don't stay, I mean, how do we collect that money?

2:20:24Speaker 20

That's a question for the finance and HR.

2:20:26Speaker 14

We'd have to find, we'd have to sue them...

2:20:29Speaker 15

Oh, vacation time. A lot of them have vacation time that rolls over.

2:20:32 – 2:20:52Speaker 20

And there could be a promissory note that they sign that says, it's like what commission, like it says that, yeah, hopefully they have some vacation time or sick time when they leave and they, I think that's all for us. Yeah. Or 61, you want me to go ahead and do the building? Yeah. 65. Okay, 65.

2:20:59Speaker 6

Thank you. We didn't see 36, I don't think.

2:21:04 – 2:21:24Speaker 20

Yes, it's a certification that was, it's fully funded by the building fund. We have a person who's come to us as an intern, is now in a position, has been promoted twice, and there is a certification we would like them to get, which many of the staff in the building and also in the customer service end have, which is the permit technician certification. Content.

2:21:26Speaker 14

Consent, Mr. May. Consent.

2:21:28Speaker 12

Mr. May. Mr. May consents.

2:21:31Speaker 14

He's so easy to get along with. He is. He's, you know, I have page 65.

2:21:37 – 2:22:26Speaker 20

And then 68, 66, we're asking for a bit of a bump in the overtime, because we do try to have building people out on the weekend to look and see whether people are doing work without a permit. This will become much more critically important once the legislation hits that you don't have to get a permit for certain types of activities that are below $7,500. However, we've already gotten inundated with phone calls about all the things that you still have to get a permit for, even though the $7,500 thing would be in effect. And I do suspect that we will have lots more work being undertaken without a permit. People think and they don't have to get one when they actually do. So it'll be really critical for us to have people out quite often in the world, making sure that we don't have crazy work going on.

2:22:27 – 2:23:01Speaker 6

Thank you. I know during last budget process, we asked staff to consider and put together a plan to have longer hours and coverage. So there wouldn't necessarily be overtime, but it would be kind of a standard time so that we had code enforcement available over the weekends in the downtown, you know, into the night, as well as our building inspectors and so on. So just a quick question. In this year's budget, have we allocated for that? Or has that plan been developed?

2:23:02 – 2:23:40Speaker 20

We have had weekend coverage when we had a fuller complement of co-compliance staff. Right now, there's four officer positions that are vacant. And we've done it as a voluntary type thing. Who would like to work on a Saturday? Who would like to work on a Sunday? And then that does not affect overtime. We just switch their hours around, sort of flexible. But with the building fund staff, which were down an inspector, and that inspector position has been vacant almost a year now, we need them during the week. And so they incur overtime by working on the weekend.

2:23:41 – 2:24:42Speaker 6

So it sounds like we're trying to get it done piecemeal, but we don't have an actual plan. So I understand you're understaffed because you have vacancies. So we have four vacancies on the code side. It sounds to me, in reality, to cover our request of having it actually set and available. The answer is probably more like six vacancies if you were going to have a weekend and evening schedule. So at least from my perspective, I would like to see what that ideal service that we've asked you guys for would cost us. and that i think that applies to code compliance the building and parking division i think were the three that we had concerns with um for more hours of coverage um so i don't know if my colleagues still want to see that but we can't get the four positions open in the one building i just feel like well i guess i want to have it and i would love to say yes this is the cost and let's move forward

2:24:44Speaker 15

But my bigger question is, how do we get people to really apply for these positions and get them in those seats?

2:24:49 – 2:25:51Speaker 6

But also, to that other point, if we don't have that position and that schedule there, we'll never fill it. We've got zero chance. If we do have that position, we might be able to attract somebody who's looking for a more alternative schedule. um you know or be able to envision more alternative schedules like three tens or you know three ten tens and a five um kind of kind of thing or somebody who wants to work saturday and sunday and monday but for whatever reason child care or something they can't right you know work of nine to five monday through friday so i i hear i hear that we're already having trouble filling it i still don't think that means we don't make the plan and and strive to to to hit that mark and i'd like myself personally we asked for it last year i'd like to see that in in this year's budget because it's more about at least for me what do we need to succeed for our residents and and some of the things that they're asking for um and i think we need that plan

2:25:52 – 2:27:26Speaker 20

I will say that when the Code Compliance Division is interviewing prospective staff, we do ask them are they open or would like to have possibly an alternate schedule or work on the weekend. We've had some success in the past, but the Folks we have now, that's not really possible. So there are, I think, four officer positions. Hopefully we can encourage one or more of them. It does present some challenges under administration due to the case review requirements that are on one day when all the staff is there, and then the special magistrate hearing, which is the last Thursday of each month. So sometimes it doesn't work, it works a little wonky when the people that are working on the weekend have to come in on a day that's one of their days they anticipate to be off. Pardon? And so, and then when the building fund, the building fund really cannot absorb on the cost of additional person or staff unless we and we are proposing to raise the building minimum building permit fee this year it was initially at 125 it's now proposed to be 135 to cover some of the loss of the money from the permits that are not required and we're also proposing to raise all the general building permit fees by a quarter of a percent yes It actually generates a couple hundred thousand dollars. And we were still evaluating it. So at the second budget workshop, it may move from a quarter to a half.

2:27:27Speaker 14

Harry, did you want to say something? It's a quarter of a percent of the project.

2:27:32Speaker 6

So that is a quarter of a percent.

2:27:38Speaker 12

When Anthony said, I think that for me, the parking on the weekends is...

2:27:44 – 2:28:12Speaker 15

the most important of those three at this point i think it financially will get the more most money if you have parking people driving around the whole city do we have consensus i think that if we're advertising for weekend or nighttime code in parking i think that will then i don't know how the ads are written But if we're looking for all, you know, making sure that those ads are written, that that's what we're seeking, then we don't have to try to convince people when they come in to interview. They know what I'm trying. So we're looking for people to work weekends. Yep, exactly.

2:28:12Speaker 6

Do we have consensus for them to come back with that next time?

2:28:19 – 2:28:33Speaker 14

Yeah. So on page 66, we're going to consent the $7,000. I think. Yeah. All right. It was made. Yeah. All right. You've got everything you asked for, so don't complain to us.

2:28:33Speaker 6

Did we do page 36? 36.

2:28:38Speaker 14

Oh, wait, there was one more. Yes. That was the printer.

2:28:48Speaker 15

Were you a zero? Yeah, that's the new printer. Were you a yay or a nay? We were all yays.

2:28:55Speaker 14

Thank you very much. All right, it is now noon.

2:28:59Speaker 7

Madam Mayor, if I may. Yeah. Is it possible that we get through one more department and then we break for lunch?

2:29:06Speaker 5

I think it's possible.

2:29:07Speaker 15

Well, no, not Jamie. Get it. Sure.

2:29:12Speaker 5

Yeah, let's let's do it.

2:29:13Speaker 15

Garbage. Before lunch.

2:29:17Speaker 15

Oh, let's talk trash. Trash.

2:29:22Speaker 15

I do. Just today. OK. Where are we starting, Mr. Brown?

2:29:30Speaker 14

He doesn't have any certification.

2:29:35 – 2:29:57Speaker 13

Here we go. Now it's on. For the record, Jamie Brown, Public Works Director. So... Mine are pretty simple compared to some of the other ones. You're going to see multiple in here for operating surprise for uniforms. That's just the cost of uniforms going up.

2:29:58Speaker 14

So 38, same thing.

2:30:07Speaker 14

Consent for 37. Yes. I just want to go one by one. So everyone agrees it's that one. Okay. Page 38.

2:30:13Speaker 13

38 is the exact same thing for the grounds division.

2:30:16Speaker 14

Consent. Page 39, machinery and equipment.

2:30:20 – 2:30:51Speaker 13

Yeah. So when you guys were looking at the budget, we now have the column for the three-year average. we showed this year that we didn't do previously so what we did for a lot of our accounts we went back we looked at actually what our actuals were in the previous year so the this is just accounting for what we actually spent the previous year and the updated costs so that's what we're asking for here and uh our machinery and equipment undergrounds three three thousand dollars covered that yeah that's the additional amount yeah so it was originally 55 so we're bumping up

2:30:55Speaker 15

I do have something to say about the uniforms.

2:30:58 – 2:31:20Speaker 15

Can we make sure that our staff is no longer wearing Lake Worth uniforms? I've seen a couple that wear the old school Lake Worth uniforms. Okay. And I've encouraged them to please ask your director to get updated uniforms with the right name and logo. And they are grounds people. I won't put them out on blast, but making sure that we're representing the city of Lake Worth Beach as Lake Worth Beach is important.

2:31:20Speaker 14

Also, until the uniforms wear out, why not just...

2:31:24 – 2:32:16Speaker 13

that's a service too so it's a little odd so we'll find out what's going on with that thank you yeah okay except for three thousand okay um is there a good point uh yes i already miss may yeah we have mr chagrish all right consent next up public works uh yeah so this is uh additional overtime we're looking at an additional uh 5 000 we're asking for um we one reason another the the amount of burials on weekend it's really ramped up um and we obviously perform those services um as part of our uh cemetery for funeral services oh burials said barrels oh no i'm sorry burials so james burials as a fee schedule amendment if we're doing more weekend we need to adjust i mean i actually had somebody who bought up some plots not long ago who lives over in lake osborne

2:32:16 – 2:32:45Speaker 15

who was very happy about how inexpensive our plots were for them being a non-resident so i think we need to re-look at that in the fee schedule okay um i mean they went around all of the county and were like not only the improvements that were there but it was close and he said way way too cheap compared to what other counties are doing for non-resident and if we're looking at that many more weekend burials we need to look at the costs okay we did increase those uh the year before last yeah right but yeah we can actually i think we need to look at that fee schedule again for the september okay

2:32:46 – 2:32:59Speaker 14

so are we gonna not consent consent consent all right so on page 40 consent a small tool $3,000 more.

2:32:59 – 2:33:16Speaker 13

Sorry. Yeah, so this is a cemetery. Again, we do all of that work ourselves, the coordination with the funeral homes. So the lowering equipment, everything else that we utilize, that's all. Everything's going up. It's going down.

2:33:17Speaker 14

Haven't you heard? I got two there. I'm going to do three. Segregate.

2:33:23 – 2:34:35Speaker 6

So I do consent to this. This is more of an item. I know that Sarah has been very passionate about cleaning the headstones and the rust. And we received great news from our attorney, which says that we actually can do that. And I know Sarah has been working on, and I'm trying to help, a community event for doing that. But I think moving forward, we need to make sure we have the appropriate chemicals and equipment to do that on a more regular basis so it doesn't get as out of hand. Because I think it's a great community event, but it would be nice if every quarter or what have you were able to do that. So I would just ask that if you could think about that and maybe include that as a supplemental to come back so that we can have that as part of our perpetual maintenance that we do. Because it says it right in our policy that we are supposed to be removing the irrigation rust. So if you could think about that and tell us what you think that would cost, I think that would be a great thing to add.

2:34:35 – 2:35:29Speaker 13

I will say it wasn't ready and we were going to go into positions of today, but we are going to be proposing an additional position specific to the cemetery, an actual cemetery section, which we've never actually had here, which would be their schedule would be a Tuesday to a Saturday. We'd have a dedicated employee that actually could do some of the tasks that you were just speaking about, Commissioner. But we do need a dedicated employee. cemetery employee because right now we basically have ground staff that overlap and take care of all that yeah um but we need like basically a person at the ceremony remember he was like the groundskeeper of the cemetery for like 50 years yes that guy so um so that is something that we uh we already put the actual description together anything else so I know HR already has that but that's something we're going to be bringing forward this year to hopefully get approved so so we've sent

2:35:29Speaker 14

on the um right now we're on 42. oh yes custodial so um matching shoes yes consent

2:35:42Speaker 13

Well, actually, for this one and the next one, we obviously, as you guys remember, we had contractual. I'm sorry.

2:35:48Speaker 12

We're all the same thing.

2:35:50Speaker 12

But he's talking about the next one, which is the supplies. Yes.

2:35:54 – 2:36:50Speaker 13

Yeah, it actually applies to both of these because we obviously used a contract out for our custodial services. We brought that back in house starting last year. so obviously we didn't have a budget back then for uniforms and stuff like that supplies that all was part of the outsourced contract so now it's kind of moving that out of one line item into another since we're doing it in house now and it's working out well with the house people I mean yeah we've gotten a lot of compliments from departments it's just we have a lot more time now that's being put into departments and we have people that are. In my opinion, more dedicated because they're actually sitting employees they're getting benefits everything else and it's that's a rough industry. yeah um so and then, as things will come up where we easily correct those and kind of jump on it, but. It's a difficult industry when you outsource that function. As you can tell, the round robin we had year after year with different companies that just- Company going in our offices, which is also a real scary thing.

2:36:51Speaker 14

Mr. Stigrich, and then Ms. May. I consent to this, but I have a general question.

2:36:58Speaker 8

Commissioner Stigrich, can you turn your mic on, please?

2:37:00Speaker 6

Sorry about that. I consent, but I had a general question on public works, so I'll wait after Ms. May.

2:37:06Speaker 12

No, I was just going to tell you that on the new garbage can at the corner of Dixie and Lucerne, there's graffiti.

2:37:15Speaker 12

I know. It's very hard for me. So actually, it's JM and CERN.

2:37:20Speaker 13

Well, the good thing is that we purchase those types of cans intentionally because we can use and pressure wash those. Yeah.

2:37:26Speaker 12

Okay, good. Okay. All right.

2:37:28 – 2:37:48Speaker 6

So my question is on roads and infrastructure. Okay. In this year's budget, have we budgeted a significant amount that is going to cover all of our required road maintenance? All. Not all. All? Well, no. I'm talking about what you would deem to be adequate to perform road maintenance.

2:37:49 – 2:38:08Speaker 13

What are you going to see since the penny sales tax? That is now gone. Last year was last year for that. You're going to see an ask for $3 million this year, which is an improvement from what we had in the past. Is it enough to catch up if we were to do that earlier? No, it's not going to be enough.

2:38:08Speaker 6

The first question, I guess, is, is it enough to maintain?

2:38:11Speaker 13

To maintain, it's definitely a step in the right direction because there were years we were budgeting between $300,000 and $500,000.

2:38:19 – 2:39:46Speaker 6

If we want to catch up, and I know you don't have the exact number, when we talk about the next time when we go into the nitty-gritty of the budgets, I really would like us to think about what would a round number look like that at least gets us going now. I understand we have the PCI getting revamped, but based on the old PCI and your experience the number of years you've been doing this with our city I think we need to see that number um and look at it and say if we're going to catch up 10 or 15 years and those are some pretty long timelines for people to wait what does that number look like um and I I really want to see that number even if it's 5 million 10 million 2 million you know um We got to start taking action on it. And, you know, looking at overall in this budget, the reason why I'm bringing that up, we had a windfall this year with the pensions coming back, which is more than several million dollars, right? I would hate to see that just get absorbed and we don't tackle our infrastructure problem. So I would appreciate, and I think my colleagues agree that you should come back with that. I would appreciate seeing that in the next session so that we can talk about kind of the elephant in the room with our roads and infrastructure.

2:39:47 – 2:40:09Speaker 13

um and part of the uh the more detailed i guess collection process that we're doing right now um with rmt was to develop this more comprehensive infrastructure master plan as we're getting all this information we'll be getting with von and the utilities department because we need to coordinate all of those um programs and lay out that overall schedule, preferably 20 years out.

2:40:09Speaker 14

I mean, what's the, is what, if any current sort of list, if somebody calls me, I live on X street, when am I getting late?

2:40:17 – 2:41:22Speaker 13

That's what, that's, that's what we need to get to. That's what we need to get to, because what we're going to do is we're going to take all of this that we get right now, coordinate with utilities, because ideally you would like to do worse first. Unfortunately, in the real world, that doesn't necessarily work because Vaughn will be doing an improvements to uh water sewer storm water stuff like that so I can't pave a road if it's terrible right now if she's planning on going in next year and redoing the water and sewer and they're just going to trench it up so we have to coordinate all those projects to make sure that everything lays out sequentially um but that's what we're putting together right now so when that's complete someone can call up and say hey I live on D Street between third and fourth when's my road gonna get done and I can pull that out and say you're you know fiscal year 2029 or something like that but we'll be able to break that out based on if we say that we have a minimum amount every single year we know we're going to be allocated for maintenance if we say if it's three million it's five whatever that number is as long as we at least have that amount budgeted every single year that gives us the ability to kind of lay out the actual timeline schedule when people have specific questions on when the road will get done

2:41:23 – 2:41:49Speaker 14

first avenue south between park and federal it's just i mean it's like one of the highest traffic streets in the city people go to the bryant park golf room we're waiting for calls on that this week it's been it's been banned for a long time the gold was a good excuse i don't know but keep in mind with the trains and all the equipment coming in it made no sense to do it now because they'll tear it right back up again so

2:41:51 – 2:42:07Speaker 6

So the other thing I didn't see, and I believe we gave consensus to ask for it, is the supplemental or cost to do a second bulk day. Yes. So is that coming back to us next session or is that in here somewhere?

2:42:08Speaker 13

Well, that's the refuse fund. So we still have other funds in here. This is just general fund.

2:42:13Speaker 6

Okay. So that's in the refuse fund?

2:42:15 – 2:42:54Speaker 13

I will say the... best way to tackle that would be to actually add an additional bulk week so you would probably do the first and the third week of the month we bulk the second and fourth revenge because if you're looking to actually relocate the current third week to a different week say the first week That confusion that causes and trying to get everyone on board, no matter how much we do as far as public information, pushing all the stuff out, social media, it's going to be a nightmare. So you almost want to keep that week the same. Yeah.

2:42:54Speaker 6

I misspoke saying that change the day. That was the concept. Adding an additional bulk week.

2:43:00 – 2:44:08Speaker 13

And even after we do that, we're going to have to discuss what is the timeframe as far as leniency that we're going to allow for wrong day. So if people are still putting out vegetation that first week, even though it's now been switched to bulk, those loads are now contaminated so we're not going to be charged um like either a vegetation we don't get the vegetation credit for that which we receive for all that we're just it's basically regular regular trials we're paying for and then it's basically a subsidy for however long we do that because every pound that goes across the weight the transfer station we pay for that so every time we say okay we're gonna you put the wrong thing out just going to forgive that we're still paying for that you know so so that's going to get very expensive tipping fees good it's going to get very very expensive so depending on how long we allow that leniency that hey we changed the schedule this is now bulk no longer veg how long do we allow that to happen until we have to start fighting for wrong and it so the the trucks that do that seem to be the same trucks right the ones that pick up the veg the same claw kind of trucks the pickers No, not necessarily. Not necessarily? No.

2:44:08Speaker 6

They're different?

2:44:09 – 2:44:24Speaker 6

So it wouldn't be possible to have the same picker truck going and pick up bulk and then pick up veg and just have two follow trucks to drop separate? I see we do it with overload. I sometimes see two or three even.

2:44:24 – 2:44:58Speaker 13

Yeah, it gets complicated with the route, depending on the day and the routes and whatever. And sometimes what people don't understand is you have, depending on what what zone you're in we call them zones even though the districts um there is a different operation running every single day depending on the zone so people sometimes think that oh it's it's recycling today everywhere it's like well no that's just in your particular zone so we have different trucks doing different things on different days depending on the week um so it gets a little difficult depending i understand what you're asking it's just a little common we'd have to figure out if that's possible

2:45:03 – 2:47:13Speaker 5

this might sound a little odd but when you mentioned that people can call up or eventually our goal is once the pci the pavement condition index um once though the new version of that is completed and we have it available and we've worked out with uh water and sewer schedules and so on people can call up and ask about their street i would encourage us strongly to consider as a commission that we add to when people call a the number that an approximate number that commissioner segrege has for hey to keep our roads in decent shape minimum maintenance you're looking at seven million dollars a year or whatever it is and then very clearly also tell the property owner homeowner here Hey, this proposal from Tallahassee to get rid of, to knock back your property taxes would have a direct effect on this. Make sure that that message gets put out. And I'm looking for some consensus from my colleagues that people understand free beer is wonderful, but free beer is not free beer. It will have a direct consequence to things that you want done. And we should take, if somebody calls us, take the opportunity to share those facts. It doesn't have to be all heated up like I'm going to do, but it can be very factual. Here's what it takes. Here's our best estimate of what it takes a year. And here's the hit that's being proposed with this property tax. You decide how you want to vote. so I would like some consensus from my colleagues that we we'd be looking very actively that's just one window where we can let the public know you know think this through before you go voting and stuff but wouldn't like refuse pick up stuff that's the Enterprise fund paid by assessment not the refuse the road the road The road is definitely affected by it. So I would like some consensus from my colleagues on that, that we look that this is one opportunity where we could push out that information and we should.

2:47:14 – 2:47:25Speaker 14

Well, I've spoken. I'm sure we all have spoken at our meeting yesterday. Let's focus on that so we can get to work. But we do we can do education and we're talking about that.

2:47:32 – 2:47:46Speaker 12

yes i say yes to cleaning supplies consent yes yes yes you got it thank you okay 162.

2:47:46Speaker 14

162. so the refuse i was talking about that's where we are now

2:48:01 – 2:48:31Speaker 13

Oh, no, 162. Got it. so we have uh the four funds we have the 5081 which is residential 5082 is commercial 5083 is the roll off and 583 or 5084 is uh recycling i know but i'm just letting you know that they're all kind of all together so they're residential um silver time um people do often forget that our guys do work and gals do work um all holidays except for two and that's thanksgiving and christmas those are those are the only two days that they're off so we we do pay

2:48:32Speaker 14

this is the exact same thing but this is for the 5082 which is commercial hold on no i think that was what we just did oh wait this

2:48:52Speaker 13

this is something no this is william's thing being charged with public order 164 this is his portion of uh because he's divided among muscle council this is the one you guys already approved

2:49:04 – 2:49:32Speaker 6

um 165. okay oh i'm sorry i i consented why is william scattered across works good finance as that i know he he does a lot of hats but for for people at home they might be confused as to certification no but but why is it being built to public works just in general what you know why why are you spread so thin

2:49:34 – 2:50:02Speaker 20

Community Sustainability, William Waters. When the position was created through the administration in FY12, it was determined that my position would be bringing in the bulk of new accounts to the city. And so it was determined at that time under Stephen Carr that the position could be funded across six different funding sources. So my position is funded by the general fund, the building fund, the stormwater fund, the electric fund, the water fund, and the sewer fund.

2:50:05 – 2:50:33Speaker 6

and there you have it okay and walks away so it's 649 dollars yeah i thought with these we consented to them across the board so that i did the same thing with 165 already consented with this i think yeah well this is a good but it's for uh my sideways employee bernson's you know okay

2:50:34Speaker 12

So the solid waste. Okay, great code complaints.

2:50:39Speaker 13

Yes. So we utilize this for citations, certain citations. So that way we can do it kind of in house, so to speak, and revenue not have to bother police people.

2:50:50 – 2:51:01Speaker 15

Love it. Love it. I do a question on uniforms. Do we only supply so many or all uniforms paid for by the city? Per employee.

2:51:01Speaker 14

How many do they get?

2:51:03 – 2:51:19Speaker 15

Yeah. How many uniforms or pieces of articles with clothing does each employee get? We have an apparel budget for us. So is there an apparel budget for each division or I just hired five new people and now I need to hire, I need to buy 27 new shirts.

2:51:20 – 2:51:47Speaker 18

Melissa Sturdivant, budget manager. Usually when you have a new employee, when they start, I believe it's 11 bottoms where they get, so they choose through Unifirst. They also get, I think they start off with like six shirts, but then they double them up every time. So like every new at the beginning of the year, they'll get an order in, they'll give them like seven. But with the garbage guys, we have to have a lot extra because they can spill stuff.

2:51:47Speaker 15

I'm asking because I mean, like at my place of business, I give my staff X amount. And if they want anything above that, they pay our cost.

2:51:54 – 2:52:19Speaker 18

we we have them we don't do anything kind of above we wait for another bulk order you know so it's not like everyone kind of pieces it okay all right and uh part of that counts also uh boots yeah the skill toe boots like the ppe portion of that so that's kind of one of those things that as they work out from there okay maybe oh yeah consent all outfits yeah i've consented 167 consent

2:52:23 – 2:52:42Speaker 12

167. three thousand dollars for gloves tool consent i want people to have their supplies then 182. whatever 182 is there definitely not no what do we have on what 82. rossland on 182 182.

2:52:49 – 2:53:15Speaker 13

So this is an increase of $3,700 for the overtime for garage fund. And again, this is just based on prior year actuals. We do have, obviously, operations kind of running around the clock, even on weekends with the electric utility, with, you know, servicing commercial. We do have vehicles that go down on the weekends too. So we do have people that come in and have to address that.

2:53:15Speaker 14

So it's not there, somebody's on call all the time.

2:53:16Speaker 13

Yes, absolutely. Smolika?

2:53:19 – 2:53:52Speaker 15

So I have a question for you, Mr. Brown, on the garage fund. I am actually shocked with the rising cost of the parts that you have to purchase for maintenance of our fleet. that we didn't see a lot worse numbers last year because i know the cost of oil oil filters i paid 86 for two windshield wipers the other day so i was really shocked that the garage fund is still looking this positive um so i want to say thank you i don't know what you guys are doing i mean i don't know what you're doing as far as the bulk ordering and

2:53:53 – 2:54:04Speaker 13

let's say we order a lot in bulk we we do have our own parts supply um but we keep every kind of like your you know kind of like the auto parts or uh when you walk in and we do have a lot of stuff that we keep in stock

2:54:08Speaker 15

I expected this number to be worse this year because of the rising cost. Fun fact, I did learn that light bulbs can last 35 years for headlights if they have not been used and brand new in the box.

2:54:18 – 2:54:58Speaker 13

Good job. Another thing is where we're trying to just overall, like in the budget, trying to keep the cost as low as possible. If we get to a point where we do see some major increases, we can always come back here for a budget amendment and provide the actual reason why we're needing to do that but we didn't want to kind of pad this and try to say well just in case we're going off of what we're actually doing thank you um one of our new employees uh this is page 183 um is going to be uh going for his asc certification um which is always fantastic uh mechanics that have that Consent.

2:55:00Speaker 14

Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent.

2:55:02Speaker 13

Consent. Consent. Consent.

2:55:05Speaker 14

Consent. Consent.

2:55:07 – 2:55:27Speaker 13

Consent. Consent. Well, when you look at this, it's kind of overtime, and that needs to be corrected in the next one. I caught that when I was going through this, where it says increasing overtime to align with last year's. We're going to have to change the description on this one.

2:55:28Speaker 13

This is page 184.

2:55:31Speaker 13

Yes, it's actually the operating supplies.

2:55:36Speaker 5

Consent. With the credit. LOF.

2:55:38Speaker 14

184. LOF. Move oil filters. What?

2:55:48Speaker 12

Consent. Consent. It's gotten better. Yeah, consent.

2:55:53Speaker 14

That's it. Uniforms on page 185.

2:55:58Speaker 13

We're out of here. Thank you. I think it's time for the... We will adjourn for a while.

3:46:37Speaker 12

Gregory. I love it.

3:46:39Speaker 19

Oh, that's so cool.

3:46:42Speaker 14

Paul and Commissioner Malega. Commissioner Malega. We're not done yet.

3:47:12Speaker 12

How much are they?

3:47:21Speaker 14

Better rescue somebody.

3:47:23Speaker 12

I can see if you saw it. Yeah.

3:47:28Speaker 3

Jeff wants a girl. Oh, good.

3:47:33Speaker 14

Here's my little fat Jack Russell Terrier. She's fatter now. I think.

3:48:19Speaker 9

Good afternoon, Madam Mayor.

3:48:23Speaker 14

Good afternoon, Madam Clerk.

3:48:26Speaker 9

It is 1.23. Are we ready to reconvene?

3:48:30Speaker 14

I think we are.

3:48:30Speaker 9

Okay, then we are reconvened.

3:48:35 – 3:49:05Speaker 14

Then we are reconvened. Welcome back, everyone. Welcome back, everyone. Thank you. Okay, we're back up. And now we are starting on. It will be ITT. And that's why you're there. That's so appropriate. Hello. Well, I'm just looking.

3:49:06 – 3:49:32Speaker 2

The supplement 170. For the supplements. Or 169, 169, 170. Yes. Nellie Peralta, IT Director. We have one supplemental, and that is for one of my staff members obtaining their bachelor's degree. We did a budget.

3:49:35Speaker 14

Thanks. Mr. Segrich? Education and Outlets. Consent. All right. Thank you.

3:49:43 – 3:50:21Speaker 6

I did have a question just for, I know we're not going through the nitty gritty details, but very much interested in how the IT is allocated, of course, across each of the departments, whether or not it's just a flat allocation, like you pick a percentage. Or is it based on their actual software and there's like a spreadsheet somewhere where you've done that calculation? And if it's just a straight percentage, great, just let us know that. But if you utilize the spreadsheet to come up with a more exact, we'd love to take a look at that because I think that'll answer a lot of my questions. That way we don't have to waste time on me asking on each department for that.

3:50:22 – 3:51:01Speaker 2

Okay. So our budget is based on the services that we provide to the departments, and then those services are categorized based on the units. For example, we have PC support, server management. We also have direct costs and indirect costs, right? So the direct costs are, let's say, softwares that are specifically used by that department only. Therefore, that would be 100% allocated to the department. Now, if it's your regular software, let's say your Microsoft Outlook or Office, whatnot, that is an indirect cost and that's distributed amongst everyone.

3:51:01 – 3:52:00Speaker 6

and the software's on on that in particular with our um emails and and so on uh does everyone get the same level of Outlook subscription or do you have that broken out in terms of these people are standard users these are ec3s these are yes we have it broken down in tiers based on the actual need of the user basically as you know the different tiers have a different cost so we try to you know manage our budget as best as possible we do not limit the user to what they really need to do their jobs and then um i know a while ago we did like an audit of our staff cell phones and we found a whole bunch of waste in there um do you guys now periodically review things like that so like saying like oh are we paying for a cell phone for someone who's no longer here

3:52:01 – 3:52:38Speaker 2

As far as waste, there wasn't that many. The problem is that some of those cell phones were allocated to a different staff member. And that was just not something that we knew. Right. So but we do look at it. I'm one of those who actually looks at the report and does send it to the departments to see whether they need it or not. And in some cases they're waiting to fill the position. So what we'll do is just suspend the line, which is a cheaper fee, which is $5 a month versus paying the, I think it's 30, 30, $35 a month. So we try to also do our savings from that aspect of managing it. And then we can suspend the line for about three months.

3:52:38 – 3:52:55Speaker 6

Okay, and then my last question is from the commission, I believe we gave direction to explore customer service type software for intake and ticketing and trying to improve that. Will we be seeing an allocation for that in this year's budget?

3:52:56 – 3:53:21Speaker 2

I don't have an allocation for that. So what we have currently, we have asset management that has, we are currently implementing that, right? We're in the initial stages of that. That has a work order system that we can actually generate work orders for any department within that's configured within that system. That's one area. As far as the software, like contact management, we do not have that. And that is not included in my budget.

3:53:22 – 3:53:38Speaker 6

Okay. Is that a need that you have? Do you think that would help our departments? Because I know we've asked for it, but do you think that would help our departments become more efficient and be able to handle our residents and businesses requests in a better fashion?

3:53:39 – 3:54:40Speaker 2

It could. The issue right now is that we're in the process of implementing three different ERPs, right? And then if we add a contact management, we need to make sure that that will be able to interface with the others where we don't have to duplicate the efforts, right? So at this point, we're still in the implementation stages of all these three ERPs. And I don't believe it would be feasible to bring another software in prior to knowing exactly what functionality we're going to get out of the other three. Once we are able to assess that, then perhaps we can definitely look into another software that could actually integrate with the three of them. Because the ideal situation would be that from contact management, if there's someone calling about permitting, that they can put in a request and it goes straight to the permitting application. Same thing like for utilities, for example. And we don't have that right now. I have contact at Central Square, which is our vendor. And they do not have a contact management software that is that interfaces with their products right now.

3:54:41 – 3:55:35Speaker 6

And implementing three ERPs is a huge task. Huge. Absolutely. Don't envy that. Been through it. Do you feel you're adequately staffed to handle that as well as something like bringing on contact management in the near future after that? Or do you think you need additional staff? If you have a perfect world, would that help make these implementations go faster or or be better because it's my understanding that some of them are a little bit delayed and that's normal you know um but how do you feel about your staffing levels with that area is that something you could use a consultant to come help or so finance used a consultant as well from the end and that did facilitate their portion of the erp at the beginning so that was very helpful

3:55:35 – 3:56:24Speaker 2

As far as IT, we do have a position that is still vacant. I have not filled that one. That should also help and alleviate. But we do have to understand that the departments have to have their project manager within their divisions to be that connection between the vendor and it and it is kind of mitigating and helping the departments basically merge that bridge right across so from that aspect of it if if we have that support from the departments which i know a lot of them have expressed concerns about the internal resources that they currently have And we just have to work with what we have, right? So adding another position in IT, I'm not sure if that's going to solve the issue right now.

3:56:25 – 3:56:45Speaker 6

Something like that makes me think about the great work our internal auditor did with the business analyst processes and so on, putting that all together. Personally, I would feel open to having someone come in to assist with this that could cross departments like they did.

3:56:45Speaker 2

So the business analyst position is in my budget. Yes, and that's the one. And I'm hoping to fill it sometime soon.

3:56:53 – 3:57:04Speaker 6

Yeah, they're worth the weight in gold if we get a good one. Great. Yeah, if you'd have that spreadsheet of the allocations, that would be awesome to see. That would answer a lot of questions. Thank you.

3:57:05Speaker 14

Thank you very much. Are we done? Consent?

3:57:09Speaker 5

McVoy has the light on.

3:57:11 – 3:58:14Speaker 5

Just to say, on this ERP, there are, we learned it, employee... Enterprise Resource Planning System. Yeah, that one. The computer stuff to, the software to run things. Would it be fair to say that a lot of the integration and and working with the rollover to the new system is going to be quite department specific that what public works needs is different than what some other department needs absolutely so in terms i i'm very much with commissioner segres on we want this to work we want this to be a way of helping our departments especially the interface with the public work better but i have a feeling that's less an i.t thing and less an i.t department and more that you're supporting whoever in the department is is doing yes our role is obviously to support and facilitate the integrations good obviously yes

3:58:15 – 3:58:52Speaker 2

But we work very closely. And of course, it has lead. But we've always stated before that we cannot implement it for the departments because we don't know exactly your business processes and your uh resolutions and requirements that you need for the system so obviously we cannot implement it for you but we are there to support you and get you through this implementation and I'm pretty much involved in the majority of every single meeting that they have as far as training any kind of discussion any kind of issue um in those meetings constantly

3:58:53 – 3:59:06Speaker 5

And if I understand correctly, you also are the kind of the point person to put a little bit of pressure back on the vendor and the provider. Hey, you know, we kind of need this as part of the deal, which the department might not.

3:59:06Speaker 2

The director and myself. Yes, absolutely. Yes.

3:59:10Speaker 5

Good. Thank you.

3:59:11 – 3:59:40Speaker 6

I'm sorry, I have one more for you. It's my understanding, and I could be wrong about it, we have some server equipment that's basically hosted in a small building near the power plant or somewhere around there. Are there any plans to move that into like a colo facility, or kind of get get that expense down? It's my understanding that it's kind of expensive to have it where it currently is, and I might be categorizing it wrong.

3:59:40 – 4:00:16Speaker 2

It's not a server it's there's a switch, and there's another piece of equipment. The issue with that building is well, I don't want to talk about the infrastructure like this. yeah but i cannot know if it was a positive from a budgetary perspective is there any savings we could achieve by moving it or for whatever reason we can't so just live with it it's a little bit more complicated than just moving it there's uh main infrastructure so um we can discuss that offline of course and i can give you more details of of what i'm speaking about okay all right where page

4:00:17 – 4:00:31Speaker 14

I'm looking for it. I'm not finding it. She's done. All right. Thank you. Thank you very much. Thank you. And we are on leisure services here. Hello.

4:00:35Speaker 14

Is there a separate tab that's just as leisure? I see beach and golf.

4:00:39 – 4:02:11Speaker 11

No, we span the three funds. So we're going to start. One moment. Okay. We're going to start on page 18. There we go. So Tiana McKay, interim city manager with the leisure team. Just to get started, we do have quite a bit knowing that we have the eight different divisions. So we'll go as quickly as we can. I did want to note that there was a conversation about staffing and parking. And in FY26, parking did add two full-time parking staff to accommodate the evening shifts. And we are currently in the hiring process. So we do have that ready to go once we have those hired. excellent are those just for downtown or do they span the city it will spend the city okay yeah All right. So page 18, we have a request for the assistant director to attend the National Hurricane Conference. Consent. Consent. Thank you. On page 19, we have a request for this is our administration. This is where we have the rent for the new temporary location from moving from 17 South M and also our printer rental in there. So we currently have requested $30,000 more than last year. That's just while we get custom with the bills. Once we get the bills sorted, we'll have that defined. Where should people park when they're going to the new leisure services? There's parking across the street.

4:02:11Speaker 14

And I think I drove by there. There should be a good sign on the front of your building that says parking across the street.

4:02:17 – 4:02:28Speaker 11

Yes, we have a new sign that says parking. And then there's also a city parking lot there on the corner. There's multiple parking. Okay. Yep. Yep. I just want to make sure people know. Yes. Perfect. Okay.

4:02:28Speaker 14

So. This is intimidating. Age 19. No, Mr. Segrich. Oh, Mr. Segrich.

4:02:36Speaker 6

How long is the lease there? Do we know?

4:02:38Speaker 14

How long is the lease for? Two years? Two years.

4:02:41Speaker 6

Okay. I can sell.

4:02:45 – 4:03:06Speaker 5

office just the cost of the new office okay all right just so i make sure and that the public understands the reason you're moving out of 17 south m where you've been for a while where leisure service has been is that's to accommodate the w motor project in the future is that correct

4:03:08Speaker 11

We were requested to move out of the building, so we found a temporary location, yes.

4:03:11Speaker 5

Right. But there was a reason for moving out of the building and for the building to be moved, and that is part of the W motor project.

4:03:18Speaker 11

Because the building's going to be relocated, yes.

4:03:23Speaker 5

I need you to be clear. The building is not being relocated just because we decided to relocate it one day.

4:03:30Speaker 14

They're not putting the museum on top of the 17 South M Street.

4:03:35Speaker 5

Why are we relocating that building again?

4:03:37 – 4:03:53Speaker 14

know that you were moving it because we had what mode is going to be there calling the question we've been talking about this for two years um so uh consent consent this is on page 19 uh yep 19 okay 19 consent everybody okay thank you age 20

4:03:54 – 4:05:05Speaker 11

this is a library from the library division this is to repair our automatic entry doors and installation of impact resistant windows at our front entrance and replacement of the chain barriers with a permanent gate this is for safety of our staff it also leaks the front door leaks water any questions consent consent Mr McCoy uh fixing the front door these are the temporary chain things inside the building outside on the ramp and at the back door and that's the least of it what is going to go there a gate a proper gate so that that can be safe sometimes people there's people on that in that area and our it's for the safety of our library staff to keep those ramps clear when the library is not open this is going through the exact same this is on on like loading ramps or is this on the the steps to the front building um the on the front of the building on the ramp and in the on the side of the building there's also a ramp there's chains there so we're putting safety fences down like a safety gate it would only be closed when the library is not open and this is also called the 88 ramp that goes up on the side

4:05:05Speaker 14

And this also is a new door. It's not just the gates.

4:05:09Speaker 11

Right, new doors. So the doors right now, they stick, they leak, they're old, they're not impact-proof. So this is to make it safer. They'll also be electronic.

4:05:19Speaker 14

And we have impact windows. It would be terrible if we had no impact.

4:05:21Speaker 11

Consent. Thank you. Consent, Mr. Big Boy. Yeah. Page 21. Oh, okay.

4:05:27Speaker 14

I think we didn't hear you.

4:05:29 – 4:06:06Speaker 11

okay age 21 this is just a transfer from our community our special events division to our community programming there's no actual impact on our budget it's the funding for the bike giveaway but the the division uh account is changing because we're just we're just moving it from special events over to recreation who holds the event it does show an increase of 8 000. yeah It's because there's other items within that account already. So in the operating supplies of rec programs, that's where all our program funding is. So the increase is the $8,000, which is just the amount for the bikes.

4:06:07Speaker 15

That's not a lot of money for bikes, I have to say. I don't think it is.

4:06:10 – 4:06:24Speaker 11

We are very fortunate to have wonderful community partners, including our own sponsor of the electric division, who sponsors the event and gives us enough to pay for the bikes. And some of the bike stores in town, too.

4:06:24Speaker 14

Yeah, and the bikes, the local stores.

4:06:27Speaker 6

Thank you. No, she answered the question.

4:06:29Speaker 12

Yeah, I have my line up.

4:06:32 – 4:07:40Speaker 12

Oh, okay. I get that it's not a lot of money for bikes, but I am looking at i'm just thinking about the future and we're going to have to be really careful about things like this i would hate to i don't want to be a scrooge well i think but we do i'm just telling you that my mind is starting to think of ways to save and i understand that we don't necessarily have to tighten the belt as much this month but things like this are going to be really hard to justify in the future with the tax cut and or hopefully it won't happen but just in general when we have people who have the they they're ruining their car driving down their street i just i obviously i love kids and i'd love to be able to give away bikes to every kid in the world but i also got to be smart with the city's money and i just don't know that this is our job as a municipality. I believe it can be done by the PBSO, by other charities. I don't think we need to be doing this. Who I'm going on record doesn't know on this one.

4:07:40Speaker 15

Can I just say something? I think that this goes towards our mobility plan. I think that this is recreation. I think this is getting kids moving and off of tablets and out of playing video games.

4:07:51 – 4:08:31Speaker 15

Let me finish. I think that we are going to see natural cuts because of the DEI bill to things that we cannot support any longer. So I think that we're going to see a shift of, okay, we can no longer support this. but we can do this so if we can't support certain things like finish fest or haitian flag raising or gay pride that money is now can be reallocated to things like improving kids mobility and getting them to move so and if the time comes we'll have to cut it like the you know the florida city's luncheon these are like things that we may have to but i like i said i think that this is geared towards mobility and exercise and i i see it as a bigger picture yeah

4:08:32Speaker 12

I don't disagree. Financially, I just find that it might not be a city priority when it could be done by a nonprofit.

4:08:41 – 4:08:56Speaker 14

Well, if there's any nonprofits out there that would like to donate 150 bikes, we will welcome them. And I'm serious. Maybe we could go to Walmart. Maybe we could go to different, you know, larger places and see if they can donate. Mr. Segrich?

4:08:58 – 4:09:22Speaker 6

I don't disagree with Ms. May's point about it. I wrote down, can we get people to donate these so the city's cost isn't so much and we could handle just the admin? I don't think for this year's budget, it's that big of a concern. I do have just a general question because you are saying it's about mobility. Is a program like this something that could be covered by our mobility fees?

4:09:27Speaker 14

How much do we have in the mobility?

4:09:29Speaker 6

Well, I'm saying in the future.

4:09:32 – 4:09:47Speaker 20

Well, so far, we don't have any money in the mobility fee because we haven't adopted it. As I understand it, it's more toward infrastructure and increasing capacity mobility. Building the bike lanes that the bikes can ride on would be an eligible expense, but I don't think paying for bicycles is one.

4:09:48Speaker 14

Because they become private because I think we have determined that we could use it like for a train. or.

4:09:56Speaker 15

circuit we could do it for like a bike rental program city correct to administrate that.

4:10:01Speaker 20

Possibly can read possibly I can check, but I think so.

4:10:05Speaker 15

When i'm just saying yeah it probably can mobility, and this is, I know we might not be able to give kids a bike, but we could adapt one of those bike programs, we read the bike, Mr boy boy.

4:10:17 – 4:11:00Speaker 5

I hear, you know, there's sort of these rumbling noises of, well, if the property tax thing passes, then we're going to have to tighten our belts. I just hope that the level of commitment, in addition to informing people what might go, that we are equally committed to really informing people of all the things that might go and why this is a bad idea and and I've asked for this multiple times that we really put out I saw a statement idea what's that we can't say it's a bad idea we can't what cannot say it's a bad idea well I sure can not make not up here you can't maybe in your backyard but not up here but anyway Mr sandwich

4:11:02 – 4:12:08Speaker 6

I almost forgot my train of thought on that. So this is a general finance question about the process. And I'm going to wait until he gets back to it and ask him another. So as we look at stuff like this, just using it as an example, and we say, okay, this is a good thing for us to do. Some of us are a little bit concerned as to if we were going to do cuts, this might fall early on, right? As we go through all of these, I suspect there's not going to be many of these we look at and go, ooh, that's horrible. Let's not do that. But we're looking at these outside the broader context of the overall budget. And when we get into the details of the budget. Right. And, you know, I know I've asked for certain things to be added. Right. Or come back with prices on it. do we still have the opportunity to at that point come back and say you know what this eight billion dollars that that's here for for the bikes we really need that for roads or or something i'm just trying to understand the process using this as an example

4:12:12Speaker 4

As policymakers, yes, you do have the right to go back and, you know, when we, because second workshop, these supplementals that you're approving will be implemented.

4:12:23Speaker 4

But as policymakers, you do have the right to go back and see.

4:12:26 – 4:12:51Speaker 6

make sure we were able to see because i i i think that's great that we're doing it this way because we're getting through this very quickly and efficiently and when we see the overall budget i think that's when we can look at that and then say to ourselves how much of a buffer we want to do where do we want to be and then so long as we can revisit some of these then um you know much more comfortable moving forward so

4:12:52 – 4:13:20Speaker 4

and you do have the option to prioritize you know maybe defer some of these it's entirely up to policy makers okay and then uh for the next uh budget book we'll see if we can squeeze in you know what uh budget workshop one number and budget workshop two numbers and then the changes so you'd be clear you'll be able to see clearly what changed and then um just really quick for leisure services on this um are you guys working with the bike shop that's on dixie

4:13:22Speaker 11

Yes, we worked with two local bike shops. Awesome.

4:13:29Speaker 14

Okay, thank you. Thank you very much.

4:13:31 – 4:14:11Speaker 11

Okay, next up is 22. 22. So this is an increase for light rentals for our evening events. This is a request from PBSO for us to have the large construction lights for safety. Wasn't something we originally had budgeted for this many. So that is why that increase is being requested. Miss May, is it cheaper to buy them and capitalize the price over yours? I'm not sure what the cost would be of the large construction style lights, but we use 15 to 20 of them at the parade, which would be a lot to have in-house. Oh, for the Christmas or holiday? The Christmas parade, we lined the outsides with that.

4:14:11Speaker 14

And then we also use them for a little scream in 4th of July. Okay.

4:14:15Speaker 11

I just didn't know. I mean, I don't know how much that costs. I might be able to ask Public Works on that, but...

4:14:21 – 4:14:49Speaker 5

yeah i mean just something to look at i mean if you're going to buy them in the last 30 years you can capitalize the price of it and you're really only adding on 130 at the chair we can look at that thank you mr mcboy uh just to request to check in with i guess it would be william's department to make sure that whatever we do with these lights that they are compliant with turtle season and our dark skies commitment because we have something on the books for that

4:14:50Speaker 11

We'll do. Thank you.

4:14:53Speaker 14

Consent. Mr. May, are you done? Yes, consent. Consent. Consent. Page 22. With that restriction. Thank you. Okay.

4:15:03 – 4:16:03Speaker 11

So then we go to 23. Yep. So 23 is our promotional activities. So that's where we have a lot of our larger events and things we need for promotional activities. So this is an increase for fireworks. road closures so the road closures is due to the additional barricades that we require uh for safety enhancements uh the drone show for fourth of july uh the new event which there was a pop-up one last year for sunset on the ave which is the version of the evenings on the ave so we've heard that that was a success so if we're going to continue it this would be for four for six times a year And then we also have the MLK video production, which is a live stream of the MLK ceremony, which we've traditionally been doing, but it wasn't actually in our budget. So we wanted to ensure we had that in our budget.

4:16:03Speaker 14

Do we have any idea how many people actually watched it?

4:16:06 – 4:16:19Speaker 11

on our YouTube we checked the YouTube and it we couldn't tell how many people watched it on our actual Facebook shared but uh from the YouTube in 25 218 and in 26 149. Madam Mayor that's 15 minutes thank you Miss Malega

4:16:27 – 4:16:39Speaker 15

So I just wanted to say again, this is one of those things we may not be able to do next year. I do want to ask a question on sunset on the Avenue. How did we get to six a year? So every other month we're doing one. That's apparently the plan.

4:16:39 – 4:16:50Speaker 11

Yes. So we could do one every other month or we could spread them out. We need to look at what that template would look like. We want to speak with the business owners. What would be best? Once we know we can do it, we can do the outreach and find out what would be the best. Okay.

4:16:50Speaker 15

So that's how you. We don't have a solid plan yet. We're working through the details.

4:16:55 – 4:17:19Speaker 11

Yes, we will get the plan done. We know the event that worked well that the team put together. We're going to follow that model. We're going to work with our community partners and work with our businesses to find what would work for them. Keeping in mind things like, you know, December, we already have our parade and so that probably wouldn't make sense. Let's find another month. Maybe it's off season. We wouldn't put it on the same night as a bonfire. Right. These are the things we have to consider, but we would work with our community partners to ensure we found the right.

4:17:19Speaker 14

So it's the start of something that we've been looking for.

4:17:21Speaker 11

It is the start of something that we have heard requested.

4:17:24 – 4:18:10Speaker 6

then the downtown businesses could probably help contribute to this somehow so i i do consent to this one mr segridge you do it yeah um so the 60 000 for the drone show this this year we're doing a drone show so that was that because it was a budget amendment for last year that now that's in here as a supplemental one yeah yeah no and i just wanted to know why the change um and the video production for the mlk event what exactly are we doing live streaming the mlk ceremony event that they have the so it cost us five thousand dollars to live stream it does cost to get a professional live stream so we're we're outsourcing this we do yes

4:18:14Speaker 14

That's interesting.

4:18:16 – 4:18:36Speaker 6

I don't know if we need to be outsourcing it professionally for 100 people to see it. I understand it's a wonderful event and we need to support it. But I don't think we need a videographer to do that. We live stream. I mean, what does it cost us to live stream the mayor's state of the city?

4:18:38Speaker 11

I don't have that. That wasn't in our budget, but it is.

4:18:41Speaker 6

Is it $5,000? We can look into what it costs in the center of the city.

4:18:46 – 4:18:59Speaker 15

Can I throw out an idea? Healthier Lakewood Beach has a videographer, and maybe they can come in and partner on this. Sure. If we can approve it as it is, I'll reach out to HLB and see if they have the funds, because they do have a great videographer that they work with.

4:19:01 – 4:19:21Speaker 15

It was on the potential cut list at some point. i mean by the second amendment i'm sure i could get you connected with carmel and they can let us know if you sponsor that or not yeah you know i i think we need to live stream it i just don't think we need necessarily to pay five thousand dollars to do so that's what i'm saying i'll see if they can get their person to do it for less okay thank you

4:19:23 – 4:19:49Speaker 6

And then Sunset on the Ave, I think it's great that we're doing that. We're doing it six times a year. I would encourage us to avoid the urge to only doing this in season because part of getting our downtown more invigorated is attracting people here out of season. And so I would almost wait it to the out of season to draw more people in town.

4:19:51 – 4:20:18Speaker 14

december has the parade okay there's a lot of months have a lot going on and so you know take a look at the the down months i would love to see it once a month right except for the months that we wouldn't but i'd like to see it every month if we could oh 24 more thousand dollars you could see it every month have staffing consenting i can say i can say boy yep um yep thank you okay

4:20:21Speaker 3

where else we going send us oh page 44. page 44.

4:20:35 – 4:20:57Speaker 11

OK, so page 44 is administration. This is in our communications division. We run a very tight in leisure, so we don't have a lot of overtime. This is just in case she sometimes there's late events. And again, you've already done this national. We're just consented. Perfect. Thank you.

4:20:58Speaker 14

So you can only hurt yourself by consent.

4:21:02 – 4:22:13Speaker 11

uh page 46 this is uh just transferring 45 i thought we we did the hurricane 46 is transferring the uh subscription for the palm beaches um from our special events over to our communications division she's been handling that concern So still on the same system, but going forward, as Mr. Perry said, that we will have a new system. But this is for myself for a P3 certification. You will also see in the second workshop that the assistant director will also be the director. Sword will also be taking this course. So it is a six month course and we have two hour classes every other Thursday. to learn about how to manage the history financing project life. And there is a final product graded exam. The course has no cost to the city, and it is organized by the Association for Improvement of American Infrastructure. So with hearing so much about P3s in our division department, we put that on there so we could be more educated in it.

4:22:13Speaker 14

So it's the raise in salary for the certification?

4:22:19 – 4:22:52Speaker 15

um will i get a mr mccoy is there a cost for the class no so the class is free for both of you that is correct um i want to say i'm glad that you guys are looking at this because i did go to the triple p thing with boca two years ago and heard about the certification and i think that this is a good idea with all the properties that we own in the city lakewood beach this coupled with us not negotiating our leases, I think will catapult us to the next level. So thank you for both going aggressively after this. Mr. Rivoy.

4:22:53 – 4:24:11Speaker 5

I know that there has been, and I've heard from my colleagues, a lot of enthusiasm for P3s over the last year or two and public-private partnerships. And I think they have their places. However, in training for doing this, I hope that some of it will be with organizations that also bring a healthy skepticism from the municipal, from the government side. And one that I'm thinking of is I don't know whether the government finance officers offers a training on it. They certainly have some advice on their website, but it'd be great if... Because everything that I've heard from various sources on this is the difficulty with them is that it's rarely, especially for small cities, a level playing field. That the private side is going to bring a lot of resources, a lot of experience, and they're in it to make some money. we're also in it to make some money, but we have much less experience legal, you know, knowing the ins and outs. So I hope that any training that we do is from includes how can we move more toward leveling that playing field.

4:24:12 – 4:24:43Speaker 11

Yes. So we've just begun, but there are sections on financing. There is case studies. There is multiple public government, municipal government, provincial, federal states, all different government employees there to learn about this to do better. So there's cases. So like I said, case studies, eight different modules, all on different things. And so with hearing that these might be of interest to the city, we would like to be sure to be educated on them to be ready to go as many of it. The discussion touches the Leisure Department. Consenting.

4:24:44Speaker 5

What is it, the outfit called? You mentioned it, but I don't see it here in the writing.

4:24:49Speaker 11

So it's called Association for the Improvement of American Infrastructure.

4:25:03 – 4:26:00Speaker 6

Thank you. So I recognize the importance of this to the city. It seems a little odd to me that we have two individuals within Leisure Services going for this versus other departments when I look at where are we most likely to see p3 projects right and you know with you know i understand the golf course is a is a prime prime example of where that would get involved um maybe somewhere on the beach but the recent referendum lends itself to no on on that um Are we, is there somebody in other departments like in the community sustainability or the city manager's office or the finance office that is also exploring this?

4:26:01 – 4:26:18Speaker 14

I'm going to interrupt you. Maybe I misheard. So this is for two people to go. Who? Myself and Stu. I agree. I agree. I think one is enough. Are you Mr. Perry? Are you.

4:26:18Speaker 3

I was going to take the class. I signed up, but unfortunately, with some responsibilities, I couldn't follow through with it. But it was a class that was passed around throughout the department.

4:26:28Speaker 14

So it seems appropriate that you mean you're going to be the assistant.

4:26:32 – 4:26:51Speaker 3

So to me, that makes more sense than sorry, but we were excited that, you know, other individuals, I mean, they stepped up and wanted to take the class because it will help them become more educated as a result. you know as related to uh p3 so i i do endorse that now those two i think it should be you and

4:26:55 – 4:27:44Speaker 6

people are you know right now tiana's acting as assistant city manager and so on if it's i don't know what the team we haven't done enough of these where i don't know what the team is the the comp that looks like for analyzing these on our side right and understanding mr mcvoy's concern you know we get hired consultants um i don't have a problem with with you guys doing this um But I think that we need someone either in finance or community sustainability or building department to also be exploring this. And then maybe we stagger this educational opportunity on that.

4:27:44Speaker 14

It's duplicative to have to essentially release your services.

4:27:48 – 4:28:00Speaker 4

I also signed up for it, but I just... You're already doing it. And I'm pursuing the GFOE certification first, but eventually I'll jump on that certification as well.

4:28:00 – 4:28:26Speaker 6

Maybe I would be okay approving it, but maybe we can get some more information on the exact... On the content. What skills and what are we learning and what are we bringing into the organization for it? And that would help me feel more comfortable saying, okay, yes, these two individuals, or maybe saying, actually, it needs to be a little bit more divided. That's all.

4:28:26Speaker 11

I have the outline. I can absolutely provide that. And there's another cohort. I can definitely provide that information to you.

4:28:34 – 4:29:03Speaker 6

yeah so i i would i would consent to it with the with the caveat just saying that i would like to revisit this particular one when we talk in the next session what about the two people from these reservations i i want to see the curriculum to understand whether whether it could because there's all sorts of public private partnerships you know that some are small some are large some are infrastructure some some are on the event side you know hello

4:29:04 – 4:29:35Speaker 13

I also, sorry. Obviously, back then, with everything I had going on, I was not able to, but as the person who actually crafted our city policy, and also in public works, being that we control all of our city facilities, it seemed that that would make sense that the P3s would probably be part of our city facility stuff. I have nothing to do now, yes. I have plenty of time to... No, but I just want to say that I did sign up for that as well.

4:29:35Speaker 12

So why don't we modify this so that it would make sense that we have the Director of Leisure Services and the Director of Public Works? I think that makes much more sense.

4:29:45 – 4:31:38Speaker 5

Yeah, I just did a little Googling. I believe that's a term for the Association for the Improvement of American Infrastructure. You know, it's a nonprofit, sounds good, but, you know, listen to their own language. We aim to improve the success and growth of our industry. Who's their board? AIAI's board is comprised of leaders of the construction and development industry. In these trainings, if we're going to approve salary increase and benefits for doing this training, I want to make sure that there is a training by an organization that does not have a vested interest in pushing the private side of this, because this organization may be a nonprofit. but it does not look to me at all it is not it'd be very different for instance than the organization of government finance officers organizing the course of it so i'm not looking for how to make it easier for private companies to push through p3s i'm looking for things that better equip us to look out for the interests of our residents and our government and this wouldn't be I don't have confidence that that's what you're going to get out of this you'll learn something certainly but uh this is really and they say they're an advocacy organization they're advocating for in a sense, the opposition. P3s are a partnership. There are two parties. I'm not in favor of funding for this. If you want to come back and have researched some organizations that are advocating from the municipal side and can share, here's where there are good parts, here are the concerns, that's a training that I would support spending public funds on. An advocacy for the industry, I do not support.

4:31:38Speaker 14

Let me just play devil's advocate.

4:31:40Speaker 9

I'm sorry, Madam Mayor. I just was letting you know the 30 minutes has elapsed for this.

4:31:47 – 4:32:18Speaker 14

I think we have a couple more minutes to talk about this. Thank you. Yeah, the opposite way to view that is you learn the agencies, you learn the industry way they look at it. And then we, so you have, you're armed with that information to know where they're coming from and be able to effectively deal with that from that perspective, from our perspective. I think as you learn the process, Mr. Segridge.

4:32:19Speaker 6

I was just gonna say, you know, maybe we just preserve our decision until after we get some more information. And we talked about this one specifically at the next meeting, can we hold this into the next meeting?

4:32:30Speaker 14

Okay. No vote.

4:32:33 – 4:32:51Speaker 11

Okay, page 48. This is a for the library division, it's an increase in the registration fee for the library conference. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. $300.

4:32:51Speaker 6

Yes, that's a good one.

4:32:52Speaker 11

The next one is page 49, and I request Yannick to speak, the Director of Finance, to speak to this one, please.

4:33:02Speaker 15

I know why Yannick wants to talk about this. He already knows how this conversation is going to go.

4:33:09 – 4:33:36Speaker 4

So this item is... So we realize that we do collect... parking revenues here using staff from the beach fund. So after discussing this item with Carlos, he provided a schedule basically showing that 20% of their cost is across the bridge.

4:33:37 – 4:33:53Speaker 4

Yes, correct. So if there's any violation, et cetera, that we collect in the general fund, however, the beach fund is paying for the expenses. So that 20% is what we're going to be reallocating from the beach fund to the general fund, which is-

4:33:54 – 4:34:23Speaker 15

we talked about this we talked about creating a parking fund separate or the valet permits to go into that for all the parking fund and the tickets and the cost of the contract that we have with the hotel who's renting spaces to go and we were promised last year that we would have a new parking fund set up I'm not sure if I promised that well we I think we have we definitely had the conversation and I think the problem let me just get through this budget here I'll call you to take back

4:34:24 – 4:34:36Speaker 4

No, but I believe we have additional conversation after that, basically saying that for parking revenues, if we're going to create a specific fund for parking, it can only be used for parking related expenses.

4:34:36Speaker 15

I understand that.

4:34:37Speaker 4

Nothing else. Right.

4:34:38Speaker 15

We talked about this last year and you said we're not ready for that.

4:34:41Speaker 4

Because if we do a parking fund, it doesn't give us the flexibility to use it for any other projects that may be related to roads.

4:34:50 – 4:36:17Speaker 15

I want to use it for any other projects. I literally was late coming to work today because of a semi truck parked on the sidewalk in front of somebody's house on Lake Avenue. Parking is something that I am committed to funding 100% and making sure that we hire as many people as we need to, that we implement a parking plan, that we move forward with all these studies that we've already paid for. or parking plans for the city. And to me, if we don't create a parking fund, we're never going to get there. You know, we're talking about building a garage. And to me, why would we keep moving funds? And I'm just speaking for myself. I've said this the last two seasons. Why are we collecting anything that has to do with parking and putting it in the general fund right now? We need to start and we are we're not flush with cash, but we're not desperate. To me, we need to start putting the funds where the funds should go. And that's why last year when we had this conversation, you said, let's just get through this budget and we'll work on the parking fund for next year. It's just like the cemetery fund when we had to create a sinking fund for that because it was bleeding and the money was coming in and out of general fund. This is the same concept to me. If I'm booting a semi truck and they're paying a $2,500 fine, that needs to go back into the parking division in my perspective because those are the people that we're paying to go out and do the work. I get the 20% that the beach is collecting 20%. They should have a 20% the beach fund, but for the rest of the city, we need to what I'm saying is we need to start looking at the city as a whole, not just as a piece.

4:36:17 – 4:37:06Speaker 4

Okay, the only issue with that is that these funds, if we do create those funds as of today, they're not going to, they will not be self balancing because we don't collect sufficient revenues to balance the expenses. don't collect 260 something thousand to balance the parking fund if we were to open the fund today same thing with a cemetery we don't collect enough cemetery revenues for going forward i mean the fees that were collected went into that cemetery fund correct but if if we were to start today again we'll start off with a negative funds negative negative fund balance now If as policymakers, if you, if you approve for the general fund to subsidize those funds, while we figure out the revenue sources for those specific funds, so that they can balance going forward. That's a different conversation.

4:37:06 – 4:37:57Speaker 15

The opportunity was when we had all these valet permits coming in. That's the opportunity because that's the division that's going to oversee the. hate to say about the unlawfulness of the valley i don't know how anybody else feels but this has been on for two years of budget i've wanted a separate parking fund it doesn't make sense to me that we intermingle everything what would you do with it We would fund more parking people to be here on the weekends to write the parking tickets, to write the citations, to implement the parking plan that we're working on, that we're trying to roll out, to go to the Bohemian and write tickets of the people who are parking there illegally. To go up to G Street and take every single one of our cars. To enforce the parking situations that we really have here. I don't understand why this, I mean, to me, it's a no brainer. I don't know how the rest of the commission feels, but I'm not disagreeing with you.

4:37:57Speaker 4

It's just that, you know, we just have to make sure that the fund will balance going forward, but it's not going to balance if we don't start sometime.

4:38:06 – 4:38:20Speaker 15

And I feel like when we did the valets, And we've re-signed the lease for this hotel that's taking the parking down. That was our opportunity to say, now we do it. It's kind of like the golf fund. The golf has its own fund. It's not part of a leisure services fund or a general fund.

4:38:21Speaker 15

It's the same concept for me.

4:38:23 – 4:38:45Speaker 4

And I get it. It's just that I just need to, if we go that route, I just need to prove with that, if we come short. So the problem is not creating the fund. The problem is balancing the fund. If the fund does not generate sufficient revenue, you're always going to be in the negative. You're going to be like the core remediation fund. Right.

4:38:46Speaker 15

to start somewhere.

4:38:46 – 4:38:57Speaker 4

Which is fine. My suggestion is if we do it, let's have the general fund cover the shortfall as a transfer. because it's always going to be negative.

4:38:58Speaker 15

It's always going to be negative because at one point in the city, we're going to have residential decal parking. We're going to make sure that we're doing a right parking program. So it's always going to be in the negative.

4:39:06Speaker 4

Right. It may not be always, but if it gets there, then we could.

4:39:10Speaker 15

If it gets there, yeah, but right now, if I look at how much all these leases and all these parking valet costs, we could have already ceded it.

4:39:18Speaker 15

I digress. You do.

4:39:21Speaker 14

You don't cover a 100-hour public fee, $8,000. Mr. Degridge.

4:39:34 – 4:40:49Speaker 6

I was also in favor. Let me ask just particular questions about the fund. It can only be used for parking purposes, right? So could those dollars be used to create parking spaces, improving a parking lot, parking garage, signage, you know, bump outs, those sort of things, crosswalks? yes i believe it would uh i believe you'll be able to use those funds for those for those purposes yes it is it's and it will be outlined in the resolution right it's not just parking staff and so forth um i do uh agree with commissioner malega that um there already is revenue happening on the parking side here outside the beach that isn't being recognized into the the parking i don't think it's that much i think the valet payments are like 2500 so i mean it's it's you know maybe it's ten thousand right but it's something it is something but what i will say is um The work that we started to do on East Coast and H, I'm pretty sure that generated a quick hit of a lot. I think 39 vehicles were towed in the first week.

4:40:49Speaker 15

And we just did a $2,500 semi-truck. Sure. And

4:40:56 – 4:42:13Speaker 6

the appearance is and i'm not saying this is the case the appearance is that parking entirely focuses on the beach unless they get a phone call um for somewhere else and then there's certain areas where we say hey we're having a problem here and then they do a you know a little bit like uh the j street issue that we were having they paid more attention there and east coast and age if it was its own fund and establish it. And as we start looking at these things, so, you know, we're looking all over the city, it could become self-funding pretty quick in the future as we look at the um the at night aspect of this is as well um i i could see that so myself personally i i don't care if a fund is in the red it it doesn't bother me at all um because I actually prefer it because we clearly show where the allocations are going and, hey, we're doing this, but it's costing the city money to do this. But we're doing it because of quality of life and because we have to. And here we are working towards getting it to balance. It drives me up a wall where everything has to balance out.

4:42:16Speaker 4

It's just geo for best practices. That's what it is.

4:42:22 – 4:42:42Speaker 6

It obfuscates the actual cost of things. You start allocating things across different budgets just to get it to balance out. It's not actually balancing out. The truth is some of these funds are in the red. And so I understand it's best practices, but it's not best practices to move the numbers around just to make it allocate.

4:42:43Speaker 16

That's actually obfuscating it.

4:42:46 – 4:43:02Speaker 6

I would be in favor of that. I don't know if this budget season is the time to do it, but I am kind of in agreement with Commission Malega where I would like to to see at least a plan or an idea floated on that.

4:43:02 – 4:43:24Speaker 4

We could come up with a resolution to create the funds for both the parking and the cemetery, just for discussion. That way, if you need to modify, we could just come back and make it official, and then we'll just start off fiscal year 27 with the two new funds, the cemetery and the parking fund.

4:43:25 – 4:44:05Speaker 14

i think we have to be careful that if we do this and i'm not against it but i think we have to be very careful about the fact that it sounds like we're setting up a parking fund for paid parking and i don't you know people are very you know concerned about downtown paid parking they can go back and watch the three years i understand that but i'm just perceptions i just want to make sure that We all sitting here to understand that by doing this we're not saying yes, because we're going to have paid parking that's something that we're going to talk about in the future, but that's not what. will bring us it's not automatically going to create downtown parking well people are very sensitive about that, so I want to just make that point, Mr mccoy.

4:44:07 – 4:46:52Speaker 5

um it it caught my ear strongly when our finance director said well okay we could make a separate fund for downtown parking related stuff separate it from the beach and i think all of us see some logic of separating the accounting from the beach it's kind of a different deal but what caught my ear is that the finance director says that's very well you can do that but it's a net sink it is in the red and i think i sort of agree with commissioner segrich that well that's okay let's make it clear what it is um but i really think it's important in the context of what we've been saying about well we need a parking garage and it's going to be okay and there's one well a parking fund is already in the red so i think there i support keeping a clear fund i think so yes do i'm in favor of bring us a resolution i'm really in support of really solid clear accounting of paid parking downtown we hear very different the community hears very different things from different folks up here yes it's coming of course it's coming no it's not coming the garage is going to be paid by paid parking no the garage is not going to be paid we are at a point of possibly investing way over $10 million in something that has very shaky documentation of whether we need it and how the finances are gonna work. And I have a very big problem with that. And a lot of people in this community have expressed that they have a big problem with it. Everything I'm hearing so far is the net number of spaces out of this 10, 12, $14 million investment is possibly gonna be negative, that we wind up with fewer spaces because we've leased them all out to some apartment or leased them out to something that's in the works for getting built. And the public gets hoodwinked that they're on the hook for paying, but they don't even get any increased parking. let's make a commitment as a commission super clear everybody agrees on finance numbers on it and super clear everybody agrees on them parking space numbers and get it out of there in the open who's going to lease stuff can we go back i consent for this item page 49 consenting i consent

4:46:59Speaker 14

can you speak into your mind i did say yeah oh mayor you're my mayor correctly got it

4:47:23Speaker 11

Okay, age 50, this is a certification for our park superintendent to receive his American Institute of certified planner certification.

4:47:38Speaker 15

Is this Chris this is. consenting. This.

4:47:51Speaker 6

Thank you. Is this the same certification that our community sustainability planners are going through? Or is this a specialized parks planning?

4:48:00 – 4:48:16Speaker 11

I am not familiar with the other department certifications. But I know that this will have from the notes that he gave me, it's more strategic long range park planning, training and land use zoning transportation, it will assist them on where and why and how to build parks, better parks for our community.

4:48:21Speaker 6

Is it the same certification, William? Do you know?

4:48:25Speaker 14

Here comes Mr. Waters.

4:48:28 – 4:48:39Speaker 20

Unless two organizations have the same name, it is the same one that is recognized as a certification program for urban planners, urban designers, and city planners that we have three of right now.

4:48:40Speaker 14

Well, no. Well, hold on.

4:48:48 – 4:49:43Speaker 6

Mr. Waters, in your department, do you see need of someone, let's say, with his skill sets currently in getting this, would he be able to help alleviate some of the planning pressures that you have? Because, I mean, you have staffing needs, and I know we're short on planners. No, I understand. We've got plenty of people who shift roles as they go through our career with the city. and i'm just i'm just wondering is somebody like a parks plan or or something some something that we need considering we don't have an arborist um i'm just i'd rather have somebody take an armory no i'm just i'm just saying you know if this is an evolution and a career path where he's going to be increasing his utility to the city i'm all for it but that's why i'm asking the two department heads are you seeing any kind of cross

4:49:44 – 4:50:07Speaker 11

utilization here with respect we'd like to bring it back and i can talk to my fellow director and have a conversation and bring this one back yeah because i mean i just i just see you know how long has he been working for the city five years a little over five years miss may yeah i can't see this online thank you mr report

4:50:08 – 4:50:34Speaker 5

i would just like to in the context of this um remind that in the tropical ridge situation there was concern in the community that the communications on between the community and staff was not optimal and my latest information is that communication still has not happened so a little bit of a concern there

4:50:35Speaker 11

Okay, with that, I don't think we are working.

4:50:38 – 4:51:02Speaker 6

I do. I do 1 more question and please say, I decline to answer if it's inappropriate. I just want to. Has this person received a promotion in their 5 years within the city? Because I know certain departments have. You can. Go up in title, and we've seen already a couple of them. Have they received a promotion with a substantial increase like we've been approving today?

4:51:02Speaker 11

He has not received, from my understanding, a promotion. He was hired at this position, but he has acquired certifications along his time being here.

4:51:10 – 4:51:30Speaker 6

How many? I will look into that. If a position does not offer you the ability to go up in title and receive that, sometimes this could be a way of achieving that. And that would be only fair to somebody who's faithfully served us for five years. So more information.

4:51:30Speaker 11

Absolutely. We'll follow up on this one.

4:51:32 – 4:51:46Speaker 14

um and I'm sort of so gun shy about this kind of stuff because again 30 years I've been sitting with the city you know we we train people and then they get a great job at the planning department of Boulder that kind of that for example

4:51:47 – 4:52:07Speaker 11

Moving on to page 51. This is for our recreation manager who has been with us for 15 years. And this is a national recognized certification for the certified park and recreation professional. And she'd become an expert in programming, budgeting, leadership, and risk management and continued learning.

4:52:07Speaker 14

Do I have a consent for question, Mr. Segrich?

4:52:13 – 4:53:18Speaker 6

uh i i do consent to this um but actually i was thinking about about this program just a quick comment on it you know we're doing the five percent salary increase on the spot and it is a concern that people get this and then go elsewhere if we were to think about having the five percent salary increase broken out over three years or or so on they still essentially get that increase but it ties them to the city just just because there's really no reimbursement tie you know so there's nothing to stop them from getting this and moving on we may want to consider spreading it out anyway that was just a thought well if they didn't get the raise they'd be less inclined to stay consenting well no but if it's over time it's incentive to stay because you get two percent and then two percent or two and a half and two and a half versus just you're you're more incentivized to leave right away if you if you you get the you get the lump sum bonus this is like all right see you mr mcvoy um i would just i'm sorry madam mayor i just want to let you know it's now 45 minutes

4:53:20Speaker 9

Okay, let's keep going.

4:53:23 – 4:54:13Speaker 5

I think there might be, or maybe I can ask for consensus that for our HR person to look into that idea of, because, you know, another plausible scenario, it seems to me, is somebody gets the increase, then applies somewhere else and says, well, you know, my starting salary is, you know, it it helps them is there some mechanism and i i don't prescribe that there is or how to do it um but to also put kind of like we do with some with the promissory note is i we can't make people promise they're not going to leave we should certainly write in that they can't go to boca um or palm beach garden uh i have no idea what the mechanism but the concept of making the increase have some

4:54:15 – 4:54:36Speaker 10

I did. I don't know how to do it, but I did send you all the the policy, the current policy on the lunch break. You think we read that instead of eating lunch? No, but it's a chance for you to take a look at it. And also there is a request for another shade session before we go to union negotiations. That's something that have to be negotiated. So maybe in that shade session we can discuss it.

4:54:36Speaker 21

That'd be great.

4:54:42 – 4:55:31Speaker 14

i'm concerned about and i don't have how this often it happens but you know the collection of what we paid now okay what i'd like to see as part of this discussion is if they do leave within like x amount of years that we are able to take it out of the vacation of sick time automatically you know it's not it's not good there's legalities around that and but we can talk about our our labor attorney will be in that meeting and we can talk to her about it does it happen in peoples of the folks that have been here for a while has that happened very often william that somebody's gotten sort of an advance in their education and then they took the advance and went on to other places what's very often i don't know i mean it's probably happened we've not had that problem that often

4:55:32 – 4:55:47Speaker 20

Our problem is that similarly situated positions are paid quite a bit more elsewhere. And so an avenue for the salaries to become more competitive is encouraging our people to get additional certifications or education.

4:55:53 – 4:56:18Speaker 10

trying to recollect that not a good look for the city and and it would really deter people wanting to come work here it's also been my experience that most people appreciate that we invested in them and they stay there's a there's a rogue one or two but generally people are are happy that we invested in them great yeah okay thank you so are we uh consenting to this page 51.

4:56:20 – 4:56:59Speaker 11

consent page 52 this is our community programs this is an increase in the uh lodging and transportation we have two employees that attend the florida recreation parks and association conference and consent consent 53. This is page 53 is an increase in the rental fees and printing usage due to the high demand in our Community programs as well. The recreation team used to be with the other leisure services managers and they are now moved over to the osborne Community Center so they have their own printer, so this is.

4:57:00Speaker 12

Consent, but I think sometimes maybe less flyers more digital yes.

4:57:06Speaker 14

CoB, Cindy Spence, that's also the rental of that rental. CoB, Cindy Spence, But we will take that into consideration so 50 degrees consent 54.

4:57:16 – 4:57:37Speaker 11

54 is memberships to the Florida Recreation Parks and Association and the National Recreation Parks and Association. These are memberships for the divisions. Page 55 is a request for new funding for new signage to communicate not only our new park ordinance, our special...

4:57:37 – 4:58:13Speaker 12

Wait, hold on. The park permit, I agree with that, but the... Would you need to come back with another one in order to do the signage to say this is paid for all your taxes? That is going to be a separate campaign coming with the PIO that we're going to be showing you. This is permanent. And what about the no smoking signs? That is to take away all the noise, the sign pollution that you see and make one sign that says no drones, no smoking. You need a permit. You can't have open containers, yada, yada, yada. Perfect. Mr. McCoy. If we put in more, will it come faster?

4:58:15Speaker 5

And is this to signage to tell people that they can't have gatherings of more than 25 people also?

4:58:22Speaker 11

It is to note the new special events ordinance will be noted there. Yes.

4:58:29Speaker 5

I said I don't consent to that.

4:58:31Speaker 14

Okay. Mr. McCoy does not consent. Page 56. Page 56.

4:58:38 – 4:58:59Speaker 11

is the um uh designation for our special events manager to obtain the certified special events professional designation it is yes what is the other portion it's general fund and what i believe it's beach okay

4:59:03 – 4:59:41Speaker 12

I know I asked this earlier, but this could get out of hand. How many of these certifications and 5% increases can one earn in a year? You can really rack it up. One per year. And the cost of it. So really, if you take a course a year, you're ending up with an 8% raise every year. Wow, you're still mad that she chose to teach, but I know it's not that it's just a lot of I also but if you think about every say everybody does this, I mean what it's just it's a lot of money.

4:59:42Speaker 14

I don't just a lot of teaching and education to bring it to the city like the beach and the request has to come just from the department head. It's not like every you know i'm assuming some betting happens from the time.

4:59:54 – 5:00:23Speaker 12

I'm assuming that these are just the extra ones and there's a bunch of them in there that are already in the works. They're not asking us about it. It's not like they ask us every time somebody's taking a course. That's what I'm saying. So you already have the budget for it. I just, it would be interesting to kind of know how many, I'd like to know what the impact of this, like the impact in a year. I get the benefit. I just want to know the financial impact because 5% increase over time and then another one the next year and another one the next year. That adds up.

5:00:24 – 5:01:09Speaker 10

tell me exactly what kind what kind of report you're looking for I want to know how often like how many employees do this every year it's not that many because you're seeing us it's a lot this is a lot we just implemented this program I just I don't know I'm just like we have so we have how many employees do we have uh three roughly 375 do you think does this every year 10 maybe tops okay yeah and this is from all scales right it's from directors all the way down yeah scale or it's your one yeah and a lot of certifications are for our lower paid employees so five percent of you know thirty five thousand isn't that much money so it's it's not that huge of an impact so really i could run a report for you

5:01:11Speaker 12

Yeah, I can see, but it's a little tricky too if the impact isn't on one fund because you're only seeing 50% of the impact.

5:01:18Speaker 15

No, but I'm saying if you look at the total fiscal impact for one person to receive that kind of raise.

5:01:23 – 5:01:55Speaker 12

Yeah, no, and I don't have a problem with an individual one. I just wanted to know how rampant is it. And if you're telling me that it's 10% of 300 people. That's off the top of my head guessing. So if you could look at that, just to ease my mind. I have no problem. I want educated people. I want them to be paid well. I want them to be happy here. I just also want us to be able to pay all the bills. Sure. Thanks. I may become a something. Mr. Segrich?

5:01:56Speaker 5

So it's not just this year's impact that is compounding.

5:02:00 – 5:02:42Speaker 6

And you got to take the average life of an employee. So if it's 8,000 this year, multiply that out by five years of tenure, that's a $40,000 impact and compounds up quickly. What I would be interested in is understanding for each kind of career path do we have a list of the certifications that qualify no i tried to create that and it got crazy so but we do have certain departments that actually have a career pass for instance our refuse department in my opinion it shouldn't be crazy so in in my world in in it i can probably get eight to nine hundred different certifications

5:02:43Speaker 5

That's crazy.

5:02:46 – 5:04:52Speaker 6

They're not all useful for what I did. Right. And we already had a question on on one that might not be in a useful career path. And, you know, I look at that and say, Well, If that individual had known what the question was going to be and knowing that we were kind of be concerned about that, maybe they would have chose something else slightly more related. And now, you know, they might be missing out and stuff. But if we don't have a clear path of, hey, if you're in this department, these are the certifications we value as a city because this is what they bring to the table. I haven't seen one come across that's a tier one. They all seem to be tier three. And I'm not saying they're not worthy of that. And I'm not saying this is bad. I love this because it's merit-based. They're putting in the hard work. They're bringing more to our city. And so I don't want it to come across as I'm down on this, but I do share some of my colleagues' concerns of It needs to have a structure. You say you tried to put that together. It would just be much more comfortable if we understand, okay, here's that person's career path, and they can get to here if they knock out all these certifications, and that's going to route them in the way to management. In the private sector, in IT, you can either go to the – management route and there's all sorts of certifications that take you there to become an it or technology manager and then there's the individual code contributor basically architect right code architect or database architect and you can follow that route and that's a whole different set and as you go through it you make progression and your salary increases accordingly and and so forth But what they don't allow you to do is, I got all these, now I'm going to collect all these. And that's my concern with it.

5:04:53Speaker 15

I did ask the question earlier, do you let the staff know which ones they qualify for? And you said yes.

5:04:58Speaker 10

Yes. And this is usually department led. So I don't know which certifications are great for recreation, but the department heads do. Right. So they created it.

5:05:08 – 5:05:46Speaker 6

So if they know what that is, there should be a list of that. And I think it would be nice to look at that list to understand or see that we actually have a formalized list. And I'm not saying that you have to do it. You know, each individual department head should say, these are the things that are important to my department. You know, I'm sure Mr. Waters understands for his succession planning exactly what certifications he wants his people or Tiana and what she wants her people to be doing. That's going to be good for that department and good for the city. And it seems a little bit now where it's kind of, well, we can just kind of pick and choose. And if they're hard enough, we reward it.

5:05:47 – 5:06:12Speaker 10

We'd originally started a list, and one of the things is there's always new ones being created. So we found that it was becoming a little burdensome, and I was trying to research once. But we can absolutely, like, have the departments create a list. And one of the things we'd started to discuss in our last union negotiations was creating career paths for certain positions. So I think maybe when we're in our shade session, that would be a good time to discuss that.

5:06:13Speaker 14

Okay. Ms. May and Mr. Reboy have their lights on.

5:06:18 – 5:07:53Speaker 5

no but lauren just answer my question and and just you know i hear some of my colleagues concerns about the financial costs of these things and and yes we should be aware of them and we've got to think about them and presumably i'm hoping that the department directors that propose some of their employees for these things are keeping that in mind i'd be pretty surprised if they're not um but we at the you know that's the potential negative to us as as stewards of the city's monies But we also have to weigh something that's much harder to put a dollar value on, which is this concept of building a core of people that are likely to stick around that are more qualified, more able to serve our residents. that's going to be much harder to say well that's worth twenty thousand dollars that's worth forty thousand dollars to offset the cost that they're doing so i think we have to have some degree of faith that that our hr director is balancing workload like you know reviewing 800 it certifications with 400 leisure services certification plus other i think getting the department directors to give maybe you know a starting list is not a bad idea we we did have that and I and I can revisit that and I can update it and I can bring that to you absolutely it's you know I always think of government is is is not are we doing the right thing are we doing the wrong thing what we're doing is we're trying to move the needle a little bit

5:07:53 – 5:08:20Speaker 10

and you use all the tools you have and you try not to make the tool too expensive and is it a perfect process no is it you do the best you can yes yes and you can i don't think you can put a monetary value on the morale when your supervisor or your manager says i see potential in you and i think that if you did this this could help you advance in your career absolutely absolutely one of you i always have got to feel that they are

5:08:21 – 5:08:46Speaker 11

encouraged and appreciated absolutely and most of our employees who are lower level are working two jobs so oh yeah no no page 57 is different crowd control manager so each 56 that's the highest uh certification that our special events manager can get and these two are both our special events team who um work extraordinarily hard for our city is this page 57 question yeah

5:08:46Speaker 14

The special events coordinator is a different person than the special events manager.

5:08:50Speaker 11

That is correct.

5:08:50 – 5:09:02Speaker 14

Okay. So no one's getting a 10% raise. No. All right. So consent on 57? Yeah. Consent. That's good. Madam Mayor? Yes, ma'am.

5:09:03 – 5:09:17Speaker 9

So we're now at an hour. Just to give a heads up that leisure services, including beach and golf, should be wrapping up at 245. We have two minutes. Thank you.

5:09:17 – 5:09:30Speaker 11

Three minutes. Okay, three minutes. This page 58 is an increase in the fee for the Florida. Okay, the hotel fee. Okay, let's move to beach. Let's go to the beach.

5:09:31Speaker 14

Page 68. Let's get a pool.

5:09:40Speaker 11

yeah this is uh supplies a budget for supplies for when the beach mainland staff have their trailer yeah consensus

5:09:53 – 5:10:12Speaker 11

Page 69. This is an increase for the beach raking to increase the number of times it will happen per week. And also the turtle season, turtle monitoring increase in price and the junior guard program. Are we, were we raking it now during turtle season or?

5:10:13Speaker 14

We just don't break up to that. Okay. So that's what people are complaining about the seaweed. Okay. So we have a consent on page 69. You have some communication going out about that. Sorry.

5:10:23Speaker 11

Page 70, this is a request we had heard from to purchase some extra at the beach.

5:10:33Speaker 14

That you can walk on the sand?

5:10:36Speaker 11

Walk on the sand at the entrances that will allow it. So we have six entrances. Four of them would allow it. This would be to have them there.

5:10:43Speaker 12

How would we know when to put them out, when to not put them out, or are they always going to be out?

5:10:47 – 5:11:12Speaker 11

And who's going to sweep them off? we can check on the maintenance but i believe we'll be our beach maintenance staff and we do leave them down they get uh staked in with the eight inch snakes so they do monitor that if they need to be removed do they go all the way to the water they do not go all the way to the water no okay they go more high going in and out oh yeah they go about 100 feet down do they go because the ones that i've seen have gone parallel to the water but this one actually would go perpendicular to the water

5:11:13 – 5:11:25Speaker 14

Yes. Okay. Because that was my question. Because you could walk back and forth, but you couldn't get to the water. Okay, great. Thank you. Do I have a consent for a move?

5:11:25Speaker 11

Okay. Page 71. This is our estimate for our PDSO contract increase. The city manager's office is currently working on that. So we don't have a full amount for that.

5:11:35Speaker 14

That will be coming in September.

5:11:36Speaker 11

But we put that as just a placeholder.

5:11:38Speaker 5

What do we get for this? It just says an increase.

5:11:42Speaker 11

This is our contract that we have at the beach. Oh, at the beach at the beach.

5:11:47Speaker 12

We're in the beach fund consent. We want police.

5:11:53 – 5:12:19Speaker 11

72 is our bonfires, beach, bonfire, construction and maintenance and the bonfire entertainment. That is an 8 event series event. And last year we tried to have different types of entertainment and we learned that the band was the most popular. So in order to facilitate having a band, all eight such series, we would need to increase the entertainment budget.

5:12:20Speaker 15

The bonfire vendors, we pay to be up there.

5:12:23Speaker 11

Yes, we do. And last year, so we have 10 to 18 market vendors. Last year we had over $5,000 in vendor revenue and over $7,000 in sponsorships.

5:12:34Speaker 14

And that's the only revenue we get from that?

5:12:38Speaker 11

Currently, yes. That's the only revenue that we get, yes.

5:12:40 – 5:13:00Speaker 12

Sponsorships and benefits. I mean, I don't want to have families go to the bonfire, but thinking about other ways to subsidize that would be good. A pop-up bar on the 6th floor. We also have the parking revenue because the parking lots do fill up. Oh, that's true.

5:13:01Speaker 12

So the difference here is just to pay for the vans.

5:13:03 – 5:13:20Speaker 11

It's the vans. The firewood has gone up $100, and the bonfire labor, that's something that previously prior to 2024, our lifeguards were handling that. We don't want them to do that. We do not want them to do that. This contractor, they manage, they dig the pit, they manage the wood.

5:13:21 – 5:13:52Speaker 14

all through the night and then we fill it in and clean it up we it's not time and closing off that street and doing what you did is brilliant thank you we were great yeah it made a whole difference but i'm serious and i've said this before just 10 seconds that second patio i've said this to you before the second patio once a month we should have sunsets at lake worth beach it should be a pop-up bar you go up on the second floor and watch like once a month We don't use it, and that would be an easy one. We could have a bar sponsor. We will let our team know, our social events team.

5:13:52Speaker 11

Okay, so page 73. Consent.

5:13:55Speaker 14

Oh, yeah. Okay. 72, consent for everyone.

5:14:02 – 5:15:02Speaker 11

Thank you. 73, beach maintenance. This is our beach maintenance team that cleaned the beach area. They need a new Kubota. Theirs is just past its useful life. Four years. well she'll sell it for you what do we know the other one we can talk about she's a big one you have to get yeah so this the one they currently have it's about five years old it's with the salt it's all rusty it's done they need this to do their job consent consent thank you next 76 74. sorry that we're going to come back with that right now that let's move to 76. consent parking conference increase for 150 for our parking manager thank you next uh 77 77 so increase uh in expenses due to our address change we have been oh annoying we haven't putting stickers over the envelopes but the citations need to have the we can't turn that one citation

5:15:05Speaker 11

78. This is the cart and blower supplies and the cart maintenance for our parking team.

5:15:12 – 5:15:23Speaker 14

I knew the gas rate was coming. Any questions or consent? Consent. Thank you. Everyone consents. Next one, 17.

5:15:23 – 5:15:52Speaker 11

79. This is our pods, which when we put this in, we hadn't moved into our new office yet. We're starting to see that our team's done a really great job of getting rid of things they didn't need. So we are going to probably have less than four pods by the time we get this budget done. We're thinking at least maybe two or three. Where are the pods? We are hoping to have only two of them. One will have parking items in it, like homes and things you don't use all the time. The other one has special events and recreation items, and we're storing them at $1,900.

5:15:52Speaker 14

Oh, okay. Consent? Consent.

5:16:00Speaker 6

We don't have anywhere else we can store these things?

5:16:05Speaker 11

I, this was where we suggest we were suggested to put them in the back.

5:16:08Speaker 6

No, I'm just saying, no, like instead of leasing out pods, we don't have any, any open storage in all of our buildings.

5:16:17Speaker 15

We can't build it. We have one that's tented. We're moving one. No, the tent's up. I can't.

5:16:22Speaker 12

Yeah, I'm just asking from a facility standpoint. Can we put them in the annex?

5:16:28Speaker 11

Well, we can't go in and out of there all the time. Parking needs to be able to get there. Colonial special events need to be able to get there. We have some things that we don't need, but this is more something they need to access this regularly.

5:16:41 – 5:17:01Speaker 5

I hear the concern this seems practical driven yes Jamie laughs I mean all right I don't know some company but sure right I'm not voting for an increase in rodent infestation um this what kind of rodents what's going on with you guys over there

5:17:03 – 5:17:17Speaker 11

at the casino building page this page 80. this is a tough one for me but uh rats and mice i also yes but it's you know we've got restaurants there we buy tenants that may i suggest alley cats we have to bring you for free

5:17:18Speaker 12

The mayor just rescued a bunch. They take care of that problem instantly.

5:17:23Speaker 11

This is to assist with the medicine ration.

5:17:26Speaker 15

She's going to play with us.

5:17:27Speaker 5

She's going to tell us that 7,000 is food for the cats.

5:17:31Speaker 15

No, I do have a question, though. Does this go into common area maintenance for the tenants up there?

5:17:37Speaker 15

Oh, it should. Yeah, it should. Okay, so we will be receiving these funds back, but appropriated between all the VCs? Yes. As rodent and lack of cat patrol.

5:17:48Speaker 12

Janet Callahan- Yes, that's what they call it, no.

5:17:51 – 5:18:15Speaker 6

Janet Callahan- No, Mr. I can send it just as a item on this, the where they have all those dumpsters there's trains in there and those drains flow down that hill and I believe the pipes are broken before it gets to go back underground. Janet Callahan- And so it kind of leaks out there, which could be helping to attract our furry little friends. We lunch.

5:18:16 – 5:18:27Speaker 12

Okay, so are we consent to the rodents? Consent. We love rodents. Okay. And uniforms, outfits, we said we're consenting. Consent on the uniform, 81 and 5, everyone, your boy, yep.

5:18:28Speaker 15

Wait, I didn't say, we rent them, we don't buy them?

5:18:30Speaker 11

Yes, for the beach, we do rent them, they wash them.

5:18:33Speaker 15

Okay, thank you.

5:18:38 – 5:18:54Speaker 11

Yes, we like soap. Yes, this is page 82 is an increase in janitorial supplies. This is due to the amount of attendees we have at the beach. We have a lot of people. There's a lot of supplies that go through. Clarification.

5:18:55Speaker 14

Are you sure you're going to explain this to me?

5:19:00Speaker 5

She wants to know what urinal cakes are.

5:19:03 – 5:19:44Speaker 14

You don't know what they are? i don't know it looks like a hockey puck low calories i'll give you think about a hockey puck soap very smell strong it's a cleaning item in the men's bathroom that's all i need to i want to say um three well i just want to say something about the ladies bathroom it was in there a while back and i just want to say it's in better shape and i i told you this at the meeting there was a time for those of us that have been here forever that the ladies bathroom did not have doors on the stalls I believe remember that, right? It was that I don't remember that. No, no, no, there were no doors on the so you'd have to go like this.

5:19:46Speaker 14

We'll let our team know looks better than it ever has.

5:19:50 – 5:20:15Speaker 11

What's the difference between this trailer and the other trailer? We have two trailers. We have a beach maintenance trailer and one for our ocean rescue team. So this is supplies for our ocean rescue team. Consent. And then we get into the certifications you've already approved on page 84 and 85 for our special events team. And then on page 86 is the Santec consulting that we are a part of from the beach front.

5:20:16Speaker 12

Consent. Wait, you have to pay that much for the Santec?

5:20:21Speaker 5

That is our different departments contributing.

5:20:24Speaker 12

The last fund is our golf fund.

5:20:30Speaker 14

Golf fund. We're getting there, man. We're going to zip through this.

5:20:35 – 5:21:14Speaker 6

I have one question. In the details, there's a non departmental Interfund admin services that went up to 486,000. what is that I'm sorry on the on the little handout you gave us page 192 right in the middle they went from 209 to 486 000. they gave it to us right in the beginning it was the one we were told to keep this one this one yeah yeah

5:21:20Speaker 5

What page of that are you on?

5:21:22Speaker 6

It's the very back of it.

5:21:29Speaker 6

Page 192. Under non-departmental, we go from 209 to 486.

5:21:40Speaker 14

First contractual services, inter-fund administration, non-departmental, yeah.

5:21:45Speaker 6

Is that the parking moving out? The parking revenue moving out?

5:21:50Speaker 14

The finance director will speak to this one. How convenient.

5:21:58 – 5:22:18Speaker 4

That's the admin fee. We had Stantec do an allocation study for the administration fees, and that's what they come up with for the fee schedule. Or not for the fee schedule. That's like interdepartmental admin that the general fund charges the different departments, and they come up with the allocation for it.

5:22:19Speaker 6

So do we have a breakdown of that? Is that just a percentage allocation or it's based on some reality?

5:22:25Speaker 4

It's a percentage allocation. So we have a breakdown for it.

5:22:30Speaker 6

Is it based on actual usage or are we just picking a number?

5:22:34Speaker 4

It's a weighted average. I can have Stantec presented to you guys in the second workshop.

5:22:39Speaker 6

So it's not based on actual usage because I'm struggling to see where the beach uses that much admin.

5:22:46Speaker 4

Well, that's what the general fund charges them to process, you know, the leases, et cetera, and all that.

5:22:51Speaker 6

So, like, for instance... $500,000 for the leases?

5:22:54Speaker 4

Not just the leases, obviously, but for other operations as well.

5:22:58 – 5:23:13Speaker 6

I'm struggling to see where $500,000 could be justified as admin for the beach. We have lifeguards, we've got some leases, and we've got maintenance and parking staff. I don't see much of admin support at all.

5:23:14Speaker 15

Does that have to do with the study that we're doing?

5:23:17Speaker 4

Not necessarily. It's just a percentage allocation based on the number of employees that's also taken into consideration.

5:23:25 – 5:23:50Speaker 6

So similar to my questions on IT, this will be a general question that I have on all of this. How exactly are we allocating this? Because to me, it seems like we're picking numbers, percentages, and doing that. which really leads to certain funds not making sense. It seems like it's over-allocated.

5:23:51Speaker 4

So this would be the first year that we had Stantec do an actual study. We never had this study before to come up with these numbers.

5:24:02Speaker 6

And then miscellaneous expenses, bank charges, and fees, is that interest on some loan?

5:24:11Speaker 4

On some... That's probably bank fees or investment fees, yes.

5:24:20 – 5:26:10Speaker 6

Running in and stuff like that. So the higher that number goes, the more revenue we're getting. Correct. And then just my last comment, there was a change in the Florida law as it pertains to tourist development tax, which would allow for the allocation of tourist development tax to pay for lifeguards. It's specifically called out. I know I brought this up before. Right now, our county is not being overly generous, but I think that's something that we all should try to pull our strings and our contacts at the county level and explore from departments. Because our beach is a beautiful beach and it's an asset for the county and they love to utilize photos of it. in their in their materials but they don't like to give us much funding um so i really would like us to explore that because our you know we love our lifeguards we want to make sure they're paid well but it is a it's a large line item on on our beach fund budget and it would be nice if we get some help from the tourist dollars that we're generating and with the gulfstream coming online and some of the other um boutique hotels and things like that coming online in our city I think right now we generate almost $1.8 million a year in tourist development tax that goes to the county that never sees its way back here. And the cultural council that sits in our city receives most of it to do advertising. So, you know, I think we just as staff and us as elected, we need to try to figure out a way to to to get some of that money back into Lake Worth Beach, because, you know, those are those are dollars we're generating. So that was it.

5:26:12Speaker 14

Mr. McCoy? I'm getting a little behind schedule.

5:26:15 – 5:26:40Speaker 5

I'm still a little having trouble on the same one that Commissioner Segrist, contractual services, interfund, admin services. I see that it's going from 209 to 486 or 47, which I came up with as 233%. So I don't know if the 132 is a typo, but I'm having a hard time, forget the percentage, but I'm having a hard time. I mean, it more than doubled.

5:26:42 – 5:27:31Speaker 4

and i'm not following all together why so we had we had a study conducted conducted by stantec who was mainly by weighted it was um it was based on uh the number of employees so and percentages and i can have them present that schedule to you guys before we we never used to never used to have this We never used to have this allocation done before. It was internal. So I'll be happy to have Stantic come and present that to you so that it could be nice and clear for you guys. Yes, it is. It was a jump for some of the, it was also a reduction for some of the funds also, like the electric fund and the water fund, they all had reductions.

5:27:35Speaker 11

Yes, page 150. We're going to go really quickly through golf. So we have page 150 is our Stantec consulting for the golf fund. We hadn't had that before.

5:27:45Speaker 12

So you will see that today. Okay.

5:27:52 – 5:28:07Speaker 11

I'm on the next page. Page 151. This is our maintenance, our golf course maintenance contract. This increases traditionally and historically 3.6% each year. So we're just ensuring that we have that in our budget.

5:28:08Speaker 15

And we are in contract with them, correct?

5:28:10Speaker 11

We are currently actually out for RFP.

5:28:12Speaker 15

So they are our current provider, but we don't know where we're going to land right now.

5:28:17Speaker 11

It's currently out. Thank you.

5:28:18Speaker 14

Thank you. Consent.

5:28:20 – 5:29:00Speaker 11

So 4-0. Consent. 152. This is to represent the increase in our new golf carts that was approved by commission in April of 2026. Consent. Consent. consent we lease them we don't own them yeah that's correct okay consent or consent uh 153 153 this was to purchase new rental clubs which we uh they were very much needed so this is uh they're very old damaged and this is a source of revenue for us to have nice clubs for i can't believe three years old is old and damaged yeah

5:29:01 – 5:29:17Speaker 12

i guess people are rough on them huh yes how much do we get that back though in rental fees over the time that we own them absolutely and i was just going to say did we sell the old ones or donate them to i was wondering what don't eat them i can't just gonna speak

5:29:18 – 5:29:37Speaker 16

what i'm saying don't need an iphone of course manager um yes we are the runoff business is about 30 to 40 000 a year revenue for us could we get that back and um with with that with nice new sets we'll probably increase it by 10 000 next year which would be good what do we do with the old bugs Where do we get them from?

5:29:37Speaker 12

What do I have? The old ones.

5:29:41Speaker 16

The old ones. Yeah. Well, we're getting them from saying better. We're going to go from their wealth.

5:29:46Speaker 12

We want to know what are you? What are you the ones that are replacing?

5:29:49 – 5:30:13Speaker 16

Well, we're keeping the good sets. We're going to get rid of the lower graded sets that we had, fall apart easily, and we only have about half of them left. We're going to keep them just as backup, like in case for an emergency and we need extra clubs. Or we can turn them in. When we get more junior golfers, we can always maybe cut those down for kids if we need extra clubs. We'll salvage them.

5:30:13 – 5:30:30Speaker 6

Yeah. Just a real question for finance. I know it's a relatively small number. Do we capitalize this over the life of these? It seems like they last three years, or just because it's a small number, we just take the hit all at once? $38,000?

5:30:35Speaker 4

Yes, if it exceeds 5,000 individually and has a useful life of more than one year, so it's supposed to be capitalized.

5:30:42Speaker 6

So these wouldn't qualify that. The whole group is 38,000. Right, so individuals, yes.

5:30:48Speaker 12

Unless this has been capitalized and it's only 38,000 per this year.

5:30:53Speaker 4

I don't think it was capitalized. If it's on here, I don't think it is.

5:30:58Speaker 15

Okay, so consent, consent, consent. Okay, great. Thank you very much.

5:31:03Speaker 14

Next one is replacing the locker room furniture in the men's locker room. They were such messy. They had to replace them.

5:31:11 – 5:32:32Speaker 11

Yes. So this is to replace the furniture and the men's locker room. It is probably 20 years old and this is where our members uh go to get changed and our membership revenue is up the the furniture absolutely needs to be in better condition in there um also to add a couple benches to the golf course and some garbage cans and also um to add some more display fixtures to our uh pro shop because we our merchandise is doing really well and yes absolutely so we'd like to have some more showing to add some more and that's really inexpensive for locker room stuff sure okay 155. okay the next one is uh increase in a request for funding for our 100th anniversary events and so what this is is we have our 100th anniversary gala that's going to be coming up so this is helping us to fund what we need to produce that event and we will receive those funds back once we have our gala tickets And then also for the tweets golf tournament, it is our finale to our hundredth anniversary. And we're going to be doing a throwback to the twenties. And this is to help us to rent the wood golf clubs to put them to play with, but we will receive this funds back in the tournament fees. So this is really just to help us to get these, these two events established.

5:32:32Speaker 14

You can rent old antique vintage golf clubs?

5:32:35Speaker 11

Yes, our golf manager found them. So they actually have the wooden... What are they made out of? They're wooden heads, so it's like a throwback to hundreds of years ago.

5:32:44Speaker 14

Are they going to have to wear the short pants?

5:32:47Speaker 14

There is a thing, the tweed thing.

5:32:48Speaker 15

I do have a question. Is that tweeds the company? The clothing company? It's their style.

5:32:55Speaker 12

The tweed. It would be cool to have them as a sponsor.

5:32:58Speaker 15

They're a major suit builder. They do custom suits. There's one in Palm Beach Gardens. There's one in Boca. That would be a great sponsor. They do custom everything.

5:33:09Speaker 6

We might also have to watch for copyright if we're calling it the tweeds.

5:33:16Speaker 6

It doesn't matter if it's trademarked.

5:33:19Speaker 14

Well, let's find out if it's trademarked.

5:33:21Speaker 11

We'll look into that.

5:33:22Speaker 14

Thank you so much.

5:33:22Speaker 6

You've got it in capitals. No, I was saying that.

5:33:29 – 5:33:47Speaker 11

Tiana, you've got a lot this year. We have eight divisions. This one, we are moving on. We're coming back from 156. 157 is t-shirts for our volunteers. And it's t-shirts and, sorry, shirts and uniforms for our volunteers and our staff. They get one to two shirts.

5:33:47Speaker 14

And they have one since last year.

5:33:49 – 5:34:12Speaker 11

thank you and last one is to increase our golf merchandise yes which we we see that back we've already reached 96 000 enough yeah i love my hands yes okay so it's consent thank you very much thank you now we come to now what are we doing now um the water fund

5:34:17 – 5:34:38Speaker 12

now we are 20 minutes behind that's right Vaughn's quick snap it up make it snappy I don't know this chemicals what happened Vaughn you've been notified that we didn't get our appropriations right

5:34:39 – 5:35:24Speaker 19

appropriations from the state no i have not been notified that yeah i'm saying it now because we're in budget and we were we're not getting them we got chopped that affects our capital budget okay i'm telling you now right because i want to make sure that you're that's disappointing um sad way to start um thank you for letting me know so we'll start on page 125 if it's okay i'm going to to lump the first few together um it's going to come up a lot our first three supplemental requests in the water fund are for chemicals and that is just because they cost more now okay okay so we've got page consent consent so we climb sodium hydro it's page 166 126 127.

5:35:29Speaker 14

Right, that's a recovery. And 128. Yeah, I'm not gonna make it 128, 129. No, 29 is a new vehicle.

5:35:37 – 5:35:52Speaker 19

129, this comes because we hired a water quality technician in last fiscal year. As he's been getting established, he's been sharing a truck with our other water treatment plant staff. And it's now that he's trained in his own position, he really needs a vehicle. Okay. So.

5:35:53Speaker 12

And this is white fleet and it will be, it has GPS on it?

5:35:58 – 5:36:58Speaker 19

consent moving right along 130 page 130 we have already covered yeah page 131, our utility engineer is going for his professional engineering license, and that will be a big help to us. I need some backup. And it's a really difficult thing to achieve. 132. Page 132, our budget manager is going to seek a certification in grant writing, which is also, thank you. Page 133, we would like to increase our training budget, especially with hopefully a new assistant director coming in and requiring some additional onboarding and professional development. Go ahead, keep going.

5:37:00 – 5:38:06Speaker 19

Repair and maintenance services for our Floridan well two and surficial well number four. This is actually a fee that is typically transferred to the facilities department, but because we maintain our own wells, we keep it. Last year we had inputted the $25,000. something happened with accounting where it was taken by the facilities fund and not returned to our department it's for our wells and we need to keep it within the water utilities department all right that's that thank you um 135 is an increase in overtime um consent i just read your reasoning okay thank you 136 for our extremely large equipment, we have to outsource the repair of the electrical motors. This is just with an increase in the costs. Thank you. 137. Okay. 138.

5:38:06Speaker 14

More chemical. Yes.

5:38:23 – 5:39:19Speaker 19

I'm moving on to sewer. So starting out with a bang, this is a, um, we pay our own sub regional fund, which pays the east central regional wastewater treatment facility, the ECR, um, As a member of the ECR board, I can tell you that a study was completed where they evaluated the replacement cost of the entire plant, and it more than doubled. So the previous valuation of the ECR was about $475 million. It's now over a billion. Oh, my. And each entity that participates in the ECR contributes a percentage of the replacement value. So our contribution will be going up. Well, everybody's will.

5:39:20Speaker 12

How often do we pay this?

5:39:23Speaker 14

That's a lot of money. But it's the sewer.

5:39:28Speaker 19

Yeah, we don't have our own wastewater treatment plant.

5:39:30Speaker 14

So yes. So consent on the 140. Yeah.

5:39:38 – 5:40:27Speaker 19

All right. Next up is local sewer. 141 and 142 are both increasing the cost of chemicals. Will this help us with Palmway? It will keep it steady on Palmway. thank you um page 143 is an increase for um cost of fuel we're just going back up page 144 and 145 we already approved in the water fund Page 146 is overtime for our lift stations department.

5:40:28Speaker 14

For when they have an emergency? Yes.

5:40:33 – 5:41:02Speaker 19

Page 147 is a complimentary increase to training for sewer, same as water, additional training as well as onboarding for a new assistant director. And 148 we have already approved. Last but not least will be stormwater. And there is only one. And we do not need to discuss it because it was certification. Any questions? I like to go quick.

5:41:02Speaker 14

All right. It is now 314. Electric. We're supposed to do electric.

5:41:21 – 5:41:48Speaker 6

I did have one question. Last year during the budgeting process, it was unclear the exact kind of cost to fix our stormwater lines. And I think we were encasing them on the insides or something like that. And we were going to do a study to kind of understand it. Has that study been completed?

5:41:48 – 5:42:45Speaker 19

no but i intend on doing that this fiscal year because we have the money in fiscal year 26. so i've been extremely busy but also working with valentina on what the best process to achieve that is i think we're going to do a request for qualifications rather than rfp or invitation to bid and then once we have the study done do you expect the study to be completed in fiscal year 26 Hopefully it might run over a little bit into fiscal year 27, but I think calendar year. Well, I take that back. Depending on what we're still generating the scope of this, whether that would be a condition assessment. So using the camera to actually evaluate the piping or if it's more of a desktop study is going to depend on how long it takes. And that just hasn't been decided yet. But depending on the scope, I would say it will take six months to a year from when we get it started.

5:42:45Speaker 6

When you say desktop study, they wouldn't be using the cameras to go in there and look at it?

5:42:49 – 5:43:11Speaker 19

correct there's kind of two ways to look at it there's hydraulic modeling there's also condition assessment um more of a desktop study would be kind of more of a holistic overview of you know analyzing land use pervious area impervious area as well as drainage condition assessment is more of a hard um these are the pipes that are in the ground which ones are broken

5:43:11 – 5:43:35Speaker 6

So, you know, at least in my district, I know that a condition assessment would be highly valuable and something that the residents want, because we have a lot of I don't want to call them sinkholes, but, you know, we've got a lot of holes around storm storm manhole covers that have 95 layers of asphalt.

5:43:35 – 5:43:57Speaker 19

We do have our own camera truck and actually as part of the capital improvement plan this year, we're asking for a new camera truck because the one we currently have is starting to cost so much money in maintenance and repairs. Whenever there's a pothole or something like that, if it's not noticed by us, feel free to give me a call and we can send our own crew out there to take a look.

5:43:57 – 5:44:26Speaker 6

So I guess I wonder, since we did pay to have the cameras affixed to the waste management trucks, I think, to do these PCI. Maybe we could steal their data. Would that help? Because I would hate for us to pay for it twice. Because if we already have trucks going out there, they're going to show up. It's going to show up as a sinkhole or a pothole or something. I don't know if you can distinguish based on that.

5:44:26 – 5:44:39Speaker 19

Well, I have our own inter-stormwater list of sinkholes, potholes that we maintain just based on physical observation. And we work on it when we have time.

5:44:40 – 5:44:51Speaker 6

So with that understanding, you're going to get more. And I hope you do the condition assessment and also maybe include the desktop, but definitely the condition assessment.

5:44:54 – 5:45:20Speaker 19

in the 27 budget have you allocated even a rough estimate of what you think it's going to take to fix some of that some of that yes actually just hearing that we did not get our legislative appropriations i had also built match money for those possible appropriations into the stormwater budget if you all would like me to leave them there we can tackle more

5:45:21Speaker 6

Okay. Maybe let's just be prepared to talk about that when we go through the full detail. But I appreciate the answers. Thank you.

5:45:28Speaker 14

Of course. Mr. McCoy.

5:45:31 – 5:46:23Speaker 5

um i like the idea of using the road stuff hopefully either your software or their software can notice as you're moving down a road and you see pothole pothole pothole and they line up same place in the road that i think that's how you detect that yeah there's probably a leak underneath um i i would encourage also i mean i don't want to tell you how to do your work because you know better than i do by a lot but um the the actual empirical camera survey seems like it's important I don't know what the costs are is it you know I heard the suggestion to do both if the desktop one could be done fairly minimal I see some use to that too but the empirical what do the pipes look like well unless you already know because you guys are out with your own truck

5:46:23 – 5:46:55Speaker 19

We can with our own truck. It would be an opportunity to cover more ground with a sum of money. But the holistic desktop study that I discussed is also extremely important because when we're talking about these things like sea level rise, like fully systemic issues that are going to affect our stormwater system, that's kind of the first step in master planning and figuring out projects that we will need to do about it. So I'm hoping that we can use that money that's built into this year's budget to tackle both in some way.

5:46:56 – 5:47:07Speaker 5

And I assume that part of that would be you need that if we're going to apply for any outside sorts of funding, which I don't know if there are any. They're going away. You would need that study.

5:47:07 – 5:47:22Speaker 19

Yes, they typically like to see shovel-ready projects, and often we can't afford the design before we go, but we can at least have that conceptual version of what a project would be to apply for grants. There are not that many grants left.

5:47:22 – 5:48:41Speaker 5

No, I kind of figure not. But the other part on the empirical side is what I hear and see around the neighborhoods is, part of it looking at flood control and drainage rapid drainage of the streets I I don't have any way of assessing how much is a pipe problem but there are definitely problems at the drain level the one of the greats and it's mostly that some of the greats are flat and stuff just accumulates i don't it's been suggested can we replace some of those with a grate that goes up the curb so that it's getting stuff above the stuff that plugs it up the surface leaves and things i don't know if i explained that very clearly but if if if you have the street the edge of the street the gutter and we're getting her and the grade is just flat then any leaves if it's an area that's got a lot of trees if the leaves they plug it up quickly whereas if the grate goes up the side with the openings now you've still got a way in that may not get plugged by leaves suggest you talk we're really running very far behind okay thank you thank you okay uh where were we where were we okay one and that's done public services

5:48:42 – 5:48:53Speaker 7

That's excellent. A lecture plan is next.

5:48:54Speaker 21

Good afternoon. I've been told to be quick.

5:48:59Speaker 21

So that completes my remarks for the day. Do you have any questions?

5:49:04Speaker 5

We approve everything.

5:49:09Speaker 21

Where do you want to begin?

5:49:13 – 5:50:34Speaker 21

yeah my book it's a page 127 so i'm not sure which one is 88. is that this i got it i was looking in the wrong place we don't need to know don't need to know Okay, so the first one on this page is page 88. It's open to the wrong tab. $10,000, that's for the cost of service study for rate making purposes. That's actually underway already. Yeah, it's underway. The next one, that's that additional distribution engineer to our engineering department. So we've got a lot more work happening in the engineering department, particularly in the area of site plan reviews that have to be done within a certain amount of time. And we just got to have more engineering resources. Yes, that would be the intent. No, this would be a new position above and beyond. Supplementals.

5:50:35Speaker 12

Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent.

5:50:43Speaker 21

Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent.

5:50:46Speaker 12

Consent. Consent. Consent.

5:50:47Speaker 21

Consent. Consent.

5:50:48Speaker 12

Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent. Consent.

5:50:51 – 5:51:28Speaker 21

Consent. exactly it's not the only thing they'll be doing but it certainly you know speeds things up yeah it's the one thing that some people are going to see page 90. page 90 that's for additional uh equipment polls materials uh tariff increases have increased the cost of some of these things but uh you know we need more money for this the good news is on on on on On some of these items, if they're eligible capital, we wind up capturing them in that contra function. And then we move it over to capital. We'll draw it down on the bond funds, but that's not always guaranteed. So we budgeted it here in O&M. If it's applicable for capital, we move it over later.

5:51:29Speaker 15

Okay. And then it comes out of SHRIP?

5:51:30Speaker 21

It would come out of SHRIP, if eligible.

5:51:33Speaker 14

Groove, Cassandra. Okay. That's it.

5:51:37 – 5:51:57Speaker 21

91. Now we get into the details of transformers. Same concept. We're putting up a lot more transformers. Anytime they fail, we have to replace them. There's more of them that fail. And as they come down in the storm, or we just do more construction, we're going through a lot of transformers. Have to keep that process going. Exactly. Yes, they are.

5:52:02Speaker 14

They're more than VTI.

5:52:04 – 5:52:49Speaker 21

Meter reading services. Thank you. eventually go away with the new ami or at least be reduced i would hope we thought it would do the same thing with the old ami didn't actually do that as that system started to break down so eventually it would go down yes uh 93 hundred and uh fourteen thousand no just fourteen we need to make upgrades to the air conditioning over in the customer service location as you have we have upwards of 700 800 people a month coming through there we have correct that's correct our goal would be to one day move over to our own building and have that be a part of our capital plan we have to pay for that yes but we can use it when we move back into the building

5:52:51Speaker 14

no would stay there it's just it's just somebody else's building yeah no it would make you cool

5:53:06 – 5:53:29Speaker 6

i was i was just going to say we we actually require our tenants to do that same exact thing it's a thing well we required our beach tenants to do the exact same thing so i replaced mine i can send them i guess i'm a better landlord i'm kind landlord um um consent go to 90 95 you got that

5:53:30 – 5:54:06Speaker 21

got 93 we didn't 94 is the backup air conditioning oh more air conditioning okay yep and 95 is our portion of the uh expense that's the yannick yep no it's not yawning i'm sorry i'm sorry that's right that's for our budget manager who's seeking that certification okay as as you see we In this process, we had to assume that if they had an interest in pursuing these certifications, that they would actually achieve them. If they don't achieve them, we don't pay these dollars out. Correct.

5:54:07Speaker 14

So consent? Yeah. Okay. Everybody wants a cigarette? Yeah. Sorry. Okay. 95 is done. 96, $1,298.

5:54:18Speaker 21

That's our portion of the expense that would be incurred on the water side because we pick up a portion of that individual's costs.

5:54:26 – 5:54:38Speaker 14

Consent on 90, consent six, consent. Okay, consent on that. Next one, 97, $7,288 for project management professional. Who's that?

5:54:40 – 5:55:28Speaker 21

This is Suhey Moreno, I believe. She has expressed an interest in pursuing this certification, and we would support that. So what's happening with this, actually, we have more and more of our employees, especially in the electric utility, going for this project management training. Whether they ultimately get the certification or not, it's valuable for us to have them at least go to the course. Next part of that is actually take the test if that association thinks that you're qualified to take the test and get their certification because there's a work experience component to it. But going through the training course is valuable whether you ultimately get the certification or not. You don't get the certification pay just for attending the course. You just get that level of education and background, which helps in the work that you do here. Correct. You would not get that. In order to get the 5%, you have to achieve the certification.

5:55:28Speaker 14

Say, if you take it, you've got to take the test.

5:55:32 – 5:55:49Speaker 21

We do, right? No, we don't. I'm not 100% sure, but it may depend on whether that organization thinks you're qualified to actually sit for the test. In some cases, you have the option to sit for the test. So we would prefer that they take the test. We've put them through the training, but it seems to be optional.

5:55:49Speaker 15

I'm confused on why everyone pays for a certification project. The whole point is to get certified.

5:55:59 – 5:56:17Speaker 21

But the training itself is very valuable, even though you may not ultimately achieve the certification. Some of the organizations would have a work requirement that goes with that in construction project management, for example. But there are very valuable takeaways from that. that you may not have the experience to actually sit for the test, but going to the course is very helpful.

5:56:17Speaker 5

They might not take it because they cannot take it at that point. They may eventually be able to.

5:56:25Speaker 21

We're not paying them to go. We're paying their salary and they go for three to five days of training. And at the end of that, they may stay an extra day to take the test or just come home.

5:56:36 – 5:57:00Speaker 15

We had Chris, who is our parks main guy who we said we really didn't want to talk about him going to training to learn how to design and be a better park planner that's not what we said we said we don't we didn't want him to become a zoning expert right it was a good plan it was a planning right yeah but it's like a land planning degree he doesn't do that management professional is she going to be a man is she going to be a man

5:57:01 – 5:57:19Speaker 21

She may not be managing a large project, but she could be a team member on a project. So having the experience and a part of the culture of understanding project management principles. No, she's in the office. Most of our people are in the office. Some are out in the field, but most are in the office. But you manage projects from the office. Project management doesn't just happen out on the street.

5:57:20 – 5:57:48Speaker 15

a lot of project management happens in the office there's a lot of work that has to be done is she a project manager no so i i guess i need clarity on why we would have somebody possibly attend this and possibly not taking certification if that's not even in their job because we won't pay am i the only one that's confused because we wouldn't if she if somebody takes him doesn't do the certification they've got the knowledge they don't have the five percent increase correct

5:57:49 – 5:58:15Speaker 21

Yeah, what happens internally is it puts the management in a difficult position because you have an employee who wants to seek a higher level of training to play a greater role in projects that are taking part in the department. Yet then we have to say that, well, we're not going to send you to be trained to acquire those skills because you're not an actual project manager. So how do you become a project manager and become a valuable member of a project management team if we haven't invested in training you in the principles of project management?

5:58:16Speaker 12

But would she have the ability to become a project manager?

5:58:19Speaker 21

At some point in the future, yes. But I wouldn't want to be able to tell this employee or any employee, based on where I sit today, I don't think you'll ever become one of those. Therefore, I'm not going to invest in the first step.

5:58:28Speaker 14

But she would be a better informed, more helpful part of the team that's doing that.

5:58:35 – 5:58:51Speaker 21

Exactly. There's leaders of teams and then there's followers and workers of teams. You need to know how to be a part of a team and have corresponding project management responsibilities to the people above you, the people alongside you, and the people below you. How do you become a good follower? How do you be a good team member?

5:58:52Speaker 14

If you don't get the certification, we don't pay you.

5:58:53Speaker 21

Correct. You don't get paid the certification pay unless you achieve the certification.

5:58:59 – 5:59:59Speaker 6

I was just going to say to address the why go to the course without getting the certification. In my own personal experience, we did that with mold remediation. You had to have five years and 15 projects each year to sit for the test. But it was invaluable for all of our techs to go to that as well as our office admins. So when they're on the phone, they actually understood the technical details of what we were talking with insurance companies. In terms of project management, I think overall in our city, we need more of this, not less of it. I think we have a lot of projects that go mismanaged as to whether this individual is on a path to project management. That's why I think for this particular program, we need career pathing. And I'm all for paying for the education to get them educated in this. But if it's not in their career pathing, then the salary incentive to me doesn't make sense.

6:00:01Speaker 14

But she could work her way out.

6:00:02 – 6:00:56Speaker 6

No, I understand that. I would rely on Ed to tell us whether this is good for her career path within that organization. If it is, then I'm all for if she obtains that certification to give them the increase. If it's a tangent, then I'm all for them getting that education, but not necessarily... If we're not going to get the benefit as a city from utilizing this certification, there's no point in paying for it. I think we have this question in general across the full program. I think for me for now, I trust that this is an important part. So I would consent to this. And we already know we need to go through this whole program in between now and when we have the next budget session.

6:00:58Speaker 14

consent. Mr. McCoy.

6:01:00 – 6:02:11Speaker 5

Mr. Liberty, you mentioned that you may have a number of employees who are interested in doing the project management training, which is great that people are motivated to do that. Somewhat along similar line of questioning is, well, do you have that many spots that can become you know do you have that much need eventually and that's where i think how do we manage this problem we certainly want to encourage employees but if 15 people all are applying for project management training and in the next five years yeah we might need two more then i i hear the distinction between if you want to do the training hey cool that's a benefit but realistically the salary increase if if And I don't know how you are in the difficult spot of, yeah, you can do it, but you can't. I don't know how you manage that. But I think there is a fair question of how do you balance the realistic assessment of potential role with this path?

6:02:11 – 6:03:38Speaker 21

To put this in perspective, I recall joining the team nine years ago, and one of the first things that they wanted me to do was to terminate an individual because a project had gone wrong. I did the research on it, determined that this wasn't the individual's fault. That individual was not a fault. As a matter of fact, that individual was a great employee and I did not terminate the individual. I'm not going to give names. But what it led to was understanding there was no discipline here or mechanism or understanding of what true project management was. Yet the department was spending millions of dollars of the public's money without a good understanding of what solid project management was. And that problem came from the top all the way to the bottom. This individual happened to be at the tip, right? What's happening is that this problem was a mess before this individual even joined the city. This individual got tagged with the problem. We need to have a culture of project management, whether you're the leader of the team or the follower team. We've undertaken $120 million in bond issuances, probably do another 45, all $160 plus million of work. We've had three members of our project management office. All three had to be hired from the outside because nobody inside was qualified. We need to have a culture of solid project management expertise, whether it's a construction project or an IT project or an HR project. A project is a project with deliverables and expectations and skill sets. And that's important. So I don't know if that answers your question, but we do have to grow that.

6:03:38 – 6:03:49Speaker 14

Consent, Mr. McCoy? Yes. Mr. Sigrid? Yes. Sometimes I just don't hear you. Okay, number 98.

6:03:49 – 6:04:10Speaker 21

This is a big one. Consent. By the way, we stopped buying bottled water. We now have... These are the coolers. That's one of the things I felt strongly about. Why are we bottling big gallons of five-gallon bottles of water? Let's use the water that we ask our customers to drink.

6:04:11Speaker 21

These are now the coolers on the walls to make it cold and then put it into your reusable water bottle.

6:04:17Speaker 14

Love it. Next one. Citizen on website. Next one. Page 100.

6:04:31Speaker 21

Oh, these are page 100. These are the shop, reusable shopping bags, small gifts, little giveaways that we give it. Merch. Right.

6:04:44 – 6:04:58Speaker 15

another another certification right everybody wants to go and get this certification well yeah at least it's an increase in their salary that's what i'm saying how many people are going to take this certification who may not take i mean i understand commissioner secretary's point but

6:04:59 – 6:05:21Speaker 6

how many people are going to take this course and use it well i was i was saying that it only should count towards your salary advancement if it's part of your career path and that career path has this is why it has to be defined i asked the director of hos we we need we need to understand this is one of our distribution engineers they do projects they do projects

6:05:23Speaker 15

I mean, that makes sense. But if it was a customer service, I need to know because that wouldn't make sense to me that something a customer service consent, consenting consent.

6:05:31Speaker 21

Well, it does say that the division is engineering.

6:05:33 – 6:05:47Speaker 14

Okay. 102 $800 gas and lubes. Yes. Oh, there's another one in the course.

6:05:48Speaker 15

103. Another management warehouse of materials.

6:05:53 – 6:06:08Speaker 21

This is the warehouse. It's called materials management. That's the subject matter. And we have people in the warehouse that are integral parts of projects. You can't execute on projects if you don't have the materials staging, arriving properly, then being charged out to the projects, delivered to the site, accounted for in the accounting system.

6:06:08Speaker 12

Is the same course going to address all these different departments' needs?

6:06:12Speaker 21

Everybody in the department is involved with project management, these major construction projects. It's not just one team. It cuts across the entire organization.

6:06:19Speaker 14

And no one's had this course before? This is like a new thing you're doing?

6:06:22 – 6:06:38Speaker 21

No, the first one that we had with that certification, I think she graduated with a degree from Palm Beach State College in project management. She's still here in the city. She's now in the water department, doing an excellent job. She came with that experience, but we have to do. We could. It's very hard to do. These are very detailed courses.

6:06:39Speaker 12

Certification.

6:06:41Speaker 12

Well, no, you couldn't do the certification. Okay. And where are they taking these?

6:06:46 – 6:07:00Speaker 21

Typically, they're offered by FMPA in one of the FMPA cities. Last one was at Fort Pierce. Some of these may be in Orlando. They move them around so that they can get the room full of people. I have to check, but I'm not sure if there's a tuition payment. Let me ask.

6:07:00Speaker 12

Well, there's travel. I don't think so.

6:07:09Speaker 21

Yeah, we pay the travel expenses to go there. I'm not sure there's a fee to take the course. I think that's offered by FMPA for its members.

6:07:20Speaker 15

It says registration costs $2,000.

6:07:26Speaker 21

Can we check on that? Okay, we'll check on that.

6:07:34Speaker 15

Special continuing education contract hours. Practice exam, latest version, student's license.

6:07:44Speaker 21

Where are you reading that? Okay.

6:07:47Speaker 15

It's $2,000 per person's registration fee.

6:07:49Speaker 21

All right. If that's what it says, then that's what it is.

6:07:54Speaker 15

Yeah. May not take the certification.

6:08:01Speaker 14

Well, we don't pay them if they don't take them. Do we pay for the course if they take it and don't get it? Yes. We pay for the course.

6:08:09 – 6:08:41Speaker 6

I was going to say, you know, it's just really underscores, we need to look at this program. It has to have career career pathing. I look at this and and and Take it from the abstract. It's a 35-hour course. They're getting something done versus somebody who does a 14-week course.

6:08:41Speaker 5

Yeah, that's what I was thinking too.

6:08:45 – 6:09:33Speaker 6

And I return to my comment about the tiers. I have yet to see a tier one. If this is 35 hours, what's tier one? Because we also had a 24-hour one, a three-day one webinar. I think we need to revisit this incentive program as it is. But I do hear Ed's understanding of the need for this in our organization. Taking the bonuses completely out of the conversation Paying $2,000 plus their salary to go get this education to understand how to run projects when we're dealing with half million million dollar 2 million $3 million projects is absolutely necessary, I think.

6:09:34Speaker 15

I said it was mandatory that they get the certification.

6:09:37 – 6:10:51Speaker 6

I just wish there was something understood. Yes, you should. In my opinion, you should have to pass and get the certification. Otherwise you really didn't sit for the course. You could just whatever you get a week off. And we had people do that in my industry, and we didn't pay for it. If you didn't pass the test, we didn't pay for it. But I really, you know, with these, we could go round and round and round each time one comes up. But I think we really need to look at the program, and each director needs to justify, hey, this is part of the career path, and these are the ones... where it pays because I could see a world where, yeah, people will take this course, get this certification, but it's a nice to have. It's not part of their overall career pathing. And somebody takes this course as a prerequisite to go from project manager zero to project manager one. in terms of a level or from junior to senior kind kind of thing where it does get tied to a salary increase that's why for me it's tough to tie these courses to salary increases and I understand that's our policy um and I just really think we need to take a deep dive into this

6:10:52Speaker 14

We might, yeah. Yeah, we need to look at the policy. It's quite generous with the $2,500 plus the 5%. But for now, that is our policy.

6:11:01Speaker 21

If you achieve the certification.

6:11:04Speaker 6

I think if you don't achieve the certification, yes.

6:11:10 – 6:11:35Speaker 14

For the record, I think a well-educated staff, whether or not they have the certification or the fact that it costs us more money to have a stable, happy, well-informed, cooperative, Brett KenCairn, forward going staff to Mr liberty is an important thing to all of us, is an important thing to have so that's so we're going to do this one and we're going to take a look at the dream and what he's today. Brett KenCairn, consent on the on that page.

6:11:36Speaker 5

Burt Lazarin- Consent with i'm on board with the general discussion right, we need to look at a little bit more.

6:11:42Speaker 14

Burt Lazarin- For.

6:11:51 – 6:12:25Speaker 21

We buy a lot of wire every year and some of it is for an immediate project. Let's say the next three to six months, nine months, we get the material in on hand. But we also have a lot of wire that's in inventory that'll be used one day if there's a breakdown someplace, for example, during storms. Over the years, that wire is on wooden reels and sits outside. And eventually those wooden reels rot or collapse. And now you have a wire, a spool of wire, could be hundreds of feet of wire on a wooden spool that's no longer usable. And you can't unspool the wire.

6:12:25Speaker 14

How big is this building?

6:12:28 – 6:12:50Speaker 21

not very large and it's not an enclosed air-conditioned building it's really more of a of a shed type structure to keep the sun and well it has to stay up in the wind with her parking stuff and the leisure no well we could move wire to the bohemian garage try to figure out how to get up there but my point is it's it's it's a large steel structure

6:12:53 – 6:13:12Speaker 21

To get stuff out of the weather, it has to take the structural load. But my point is it's ideal if you could keep it out of the weather so it's not deteriorating. And we thought we'd best have it right at the 1900 building where they can pull up a truck, load it on the back of the cable puller.

6:13:16 – 6:13:47Speaker 15

We just did two pods for her. Why don't we just make the prefabricated building bigger? and just put separators on there for parking and for leisure services if they're going to be stored at the same place i'm not trying to be that i mean i just no i think you're being smart money on a pod if you want to build a building to store your stuff anyway unless your project's further along than what's when she needs storage i'm just asking but the building will be permanent work together kids you can share put up a divider and share the space it's the same address okay

6:13:49Speaker 5

This is not something that works.

6:13:53Speaker 15

I'm not saying put it in the exact same building. Why couldn't we just extend the building?

6:13:58 – 6:14:15Speaker 21

I just think the advantage of the pods, but I wasn't at that presentation, but I can imagine they can easily secure the materials, lock it, close it, and it's completely airtight as opposed to reels of cable that are going to be coming and going.

6:14:18Speaker 6

What would you estimate our losses are to degradation of those wire spools? For example, we lost one wire spool, what would it cost us?

6:14:27Speaker 21

Tens of thousands of dollars.

6:14:29 – 6:15:16Speaker 6

the wires no no no right we can't unspool the public's benefit because you know the public's going to see the large item and go have the same reaction we're paying 150 000 for a metal building but just realizing we lose one spool that could be thirty to forty thousand dollars more than one if we lose one i consent i do hear you about consolidating i think we need to do a better job of understanding our buildings and facilities especially with what's going on at 1900 but i don't really think having those large schools along with other stuff where heavy equipment has to come in and out it's probably probably a bridge too far with that but the concept i think all right they will look let's just consent okay next one of 105 um

6:15:20 – 6:17:01Speaker 21

105 is interesting, at least to me. So we do inventory counts. Makes sense, count the inventory. We use a process of cycle counts. Other people use what they call wall to wall, but you got to count the inventory. Some items you might count 10 times a year, other items you count one time a year. Every time you count them, you're going to get a different answer. There's credits and debits every time you bring something back to the warehouse or remove it. And the accuracy of the counting could vary. This is very common in the industry. At the end of the day, if you don't have an inventory when you do your count, the exact number that you think you should have you have to adjust inventory that's a financial adjustment that item's not there anymore we're not sure what job it went to or there's more than we thought you have to credit you need a clearing account because you have to charge onm in that particular year so we need to create a clearing account each year of about fifty thousand dollars we're suggesting of expense capability to expense the the shortages and say okay it's expensed so you know where to charge it stuff Well, let me say, you're never going to get to 100%. Sometimes you could be losing it. It could be people that took stuff for a job without filling out the proper paperwork. They might have moved it after hours, or it was a miscount. When you're counting hundreds of transformers or feet of cable for example when you look at a spool how do you know exactly how many feet of cable on that spool it's not each foot is not marked you have to estimate based on the diameter nuts and bolts in the bag is it is a unit of measure boxes or is it 10 bolts per box how many bolts are in there so you get measurement count errors and you have to adjust for these somehow at the end of the year you have to for audit purposes close it out what's the inventory value

6:17:03 – 6:17:46Speaker 15

so i've worked in question i'm sorry madam mayor that's 15 minutes okay thank you um the internal auditor had addressed this concern with your department in regards to exactly what you're talking about materials being taken away not accounted for materials put back in does this tie in with what his recommendations were on that audit report from two years ago to make sure that we were having material count corrected. Is this a policy that you brought forward to help clean that up? Does that tie into that audit report?

6:17:46Speaker 4

I don't think so. I would have to go back to that audit report.

6:17:51 – 6:18:19Speaker 15

Education purposes and reread what his recommendations were on materials being missing from the warehouse and accounting. He said, you know, like you said, you take 15 things, but you bring four back. but you don't return them back to the warehouse how do you get they're supposed to be policies put in place for that okay i know that will's no longer here and the follow-up for those audits have no longer been done so i just want to make sure that we're maintaining those policies otherwise i can send mr mcvoy

6:18:20 – 6:18:54Speaker 5

and i'll just point out that i've been here long enough that i remember we actually paid i think even two different consultants to come in and look at our inventory process for exactly the electric this is quite a while before mr liberty was here it has been an issue i don't know whether this is the right solution or not i can't speak to that but uh I had sort of hoped that when we paid those consultants and we paid them quite a bit as I recollect that that we'd sort of figured out some scheme that worked reasonably well maybe this is the missing piece and we'll be out of the woods but

6:18:54 – 6:19:18Speaker 21

Well, I can tell you that in a prior life, I've managed inventories upwards of $160 million, 26 plus warehouse. I have yet to see one company in the country that hits 100% on this number. It's virtually impossible. Now, could we do better than we are? Yes. Are we doing better today than we were years ago? Yes. Clearing accounts are not uncommon. You need to be able to make these adjustments.

6:19:20Speaker 6

Just real ballpark. How many materials are we flowing through in a given year? Is it 50 million, 100 million?

6:19:27Speaker 21

I would say at any given time, our balance in inventory might be in a $4 to $5 million range.

6:19:32Speaker 6

I think Yannick might have- Once we cycle through- Yeah.

6:19:34Speaker 21

And we have a lot. And it depends on whether you call it inventory or is it project materials, two different categories and how they're flowing through.

6:19:41Speaker 6

So this number represents maybe 1%, 2%? Yeah. It's a very, very small number.

6:19:47Speaker 21

We also have obsolete inventory, for example. We have things that we don't really need anymore, but we still have them with our account. How do we clear that inventory? You need to write them off.

6:19:54 – 6:20:32Speaker 6

I guess a simple way to put it for the public looking at this and what is like, do you ever try to balance your bank book and there's $5.52 that you just can't find? it'll take you six six hours to to figure it out right and you know you just write it off the balance sheet account um in in terms of reconciliation funds and that that's what this is but i can understand you spend fifty dollars to find the five bucks yeah it's what my husband does i think you know the the best line of defense are are very aggressive stock handlers and storekeepers who who control the gate

6:20:33 – 6:20:52Speaker 21

and the employees who are afraid to take anything out of there without ever producing a piece of paper to make sure that they keep it. It's a tough thing to do. By the way, this doesn't mean that people are stealing things. We don't have any indications. It's just keeping track of it all and where it is at any given time.

6:20:53Speaker 14

Consent. Consent 105. Consent, everybody? Yes. Okay. 106, 3 million.

6:20:59Speaker 12

Yeah, I would.

6:21:03Speaker 14

Oh, Stu, you're talking about big money.

6:21:08 – 6:22:55Speaker 21

So this is big money. I said, why did it go up? I've talked with a few about this is the PCA. We buy power every year and every year we buy a little bit more power than we buy the year before. And the cost of that power goes up slightly every year. What changed this year was that let's take, for example, transmission charges. Under the previous contract for supplemental power, we paid the transmission charges to Florida Power and Light on our own. We paid that as a separate bill. Under the new contract, it's paid for of the fpl i'm sorry out of the fmpa supplemental contract that was a cheaper way for us to go so that supplemental contract went up in value because it's now at least partially picked up what was previously on a separate line as a transmission bill is now buried within the supplemental power bill it's bundled together the cost of it didn't change transmission well the transmission rates went up went up by a few percentage points because of their rate increases but it's it's now covered in that contract which which went up We increased solar, FMPA solar. That's now being built into PCA. Well, where was it before? Well, before it didn't exist, right? Those projects are brand new in late 25 and into 26. So now that power is showing up over there. The FMPA contract is more expensive than the prior contract we had. It was the lowest bid we had to choose from, but it is more expensive than the prior year. So those things are all taken into account, and we allow for the fact that natural gas prices might be a little bit higher, even though it's a smaller percentage of our total power supply. That all flows into this PCA category. At the end of the day, we don't spend more on PCA than we incur, and we pass that through, as you all know, through the PCA line item in the bill.

6:22:58 – 6:23:42Speaker 5

I think all of us here at the national scale that there is concern about and it can be concerned across straight state lines even. of data centers coming on that are huge power sources on the order of magnitude of half the size of our whole city or similar, and that somehow some of these costs are showing up three states over because they're in one another sort of group. Can you give us some reassurance that none of this cost increase has anything to do with data centers anywhere? That's a bit of a general statement.

6:23:42 – 6:24:50Speaker 21

It is a general statement, so I'll give you a general answer, which is a little bit more towards the specific side. I can't imagine that there are data center costs that are outside of the state of Florida that are showing up in the bills of Floridians. And the reason I say that is maybe a little bit of stretch is that obviously we're a peninsula, but we're somewhat islanded from the rest of the country. We're not completely islanded, but the ability to move power back and forth across an interface is very limited. And the particular power that we get is not driven by that interface so there may be some leakage if you will of course across that border I'm not that familiar with that aspect but down here in South Florida and the bulk of the FPL transmission system I would say it's minimal the question would be if there was a large data center for example on the FPL transmission system would that have an impact on us the policy makers, including leadership at FPL have taken the position that those large loads will have to be completely self-sufficient and not place a burden on the embedded customer base. So they have to cover all of their costs and the incidental costs, which they cause on the infrastructure. So that's not showing up in this bill.

6:24:50Speaker 5

Does FMPA have a similar policy or is it considering one? It's an interesting idea.

6:24:55 – 6:25:32Speaker 21

Well, FMPA is not a transmission company. It's just a generation company, but it is taking that policy or at least going in that direction with regards to, for example, power generation associated with a power supply to a large data center. So if FMPA, and this is a stretch because that's not what's being, it's not about to happen, but the policy seems to be going in the direction that if FMPA had to build a power plant to support a data center at a customer location, the FMPA customer base would have to be protected, meaning that the entity that needs the power would have to basically backstop that transaction financially well into the future.

6:25:33Speaker 14

Consent. Yeah, it's a $3 million item. Next up is page 108, $12,700, which seems like nothing at this point.

6:25:39Speaker 5

Moving items from one place to another.

6:25:42 – 6:26:12Speaker 14

We were previously paying for it in one area. We're going to pay for a different area. Next one, page 109, 30,000 for consent. Next one, 3,000, page 110, consent.

6:26:12Speaker 21

As you can see, some of these were previously. We got notes on that one. On paint?

6:26:18Speaker 15

Yeah, I got lots of notes on paint.

6:26:21 – 6:27:16Speaker 15

Consent. However, I would like, this is for the power plant. this is in usually internal to the building okay quest for all of the light poles on 6th avenue south 12th avenue south 10th avenue north lake lucerne dixie and federal to be repainted all of the green is peeling off and it looks awful so i would like to make sure that that is being all right somebody somebody capture that list and we'll get an rfp out there to have them repainted on the light posts so if i see paint for a power plant that nobody sees but the staff want paint for the streets that are our main thoroughfares into the city for those light posts to be power washed and painted i don't know what we have to do thank you i'm sure that's the utility though it is there are posts there are light boats or are they dot lights we have to take a look which one you're talking about chances are they're ours

6:27:17 – 6:27:43Speaker 14

like they're ours okay so what about i'm on a file don't ever buy painted tolls for a three thousand dollar item i was like wait a minute power plant no okay but this is three dollars for the interior yes yes yeah yes yes but we get to pick the color it's pink for me we'll have a workshop 111, $5,000 for something else. Clearing. Consent.

6:27:44Speaker 21

The warehouse has a power plant. The power plant has a warehouse as well.

6:27:50Speaker 14

Consent. Yeah. 112.

6:27:56Speaker 21

Or project management point.

6:27:57 – 6:29:18Speaker 14

This is for the grants portion. Is this a list? Yes. That's a list, right? Grants and compliance. Consent. Consent. sure mr zagridge everyone's going to school this year except for you except me he's not right she's not going to school okay would you like to go there i want to take the project management course i'm managing projects managing all of us um consent consent regular chair uh mr mcgoy how to do it yes yes it's bad you can say yes yep page 114 25 000 for the frac yes we have no choice no we're not fracking if this is a florida reliability florida florida reliability coordinating council this is how headlines get rid of it the 115 consent on that one yes okay 16 46 or 46 000 for the ctop centralized transmission operator so we have a regulatory requirement because we have a transmission system consent next let's say it was regulatory 117 uh 35 000 for uh vegetation management

6:29:22 – 6:30:10Speaker 21

we didn't have that before this is a new one how is ai this is this is a new effort you all approved um artificial intelligence ai dash i believe this is using an ai function to better predict where we need to trim and where when we should trim we're probably not going to decrease our trimming budget but it's going to allow us to focus our trimming in the areas which have the highest possibility of creating an outage and how is it determining this aerial satellite i believe it's i'll ask the experts but i believe it's using lidar satellite existing satellite well yeah yeah thank you consent by the way this will be a part of our upcoming effort to look at how to better utilize ai or how to utilize ai in the utility to drive some lower costs and a better customer experience and we'll bring this in

6:30:11 – 6:30:33Speaker 5

yes i'm i'm on board but with the qualification that i raised earlier with the ai let's make sure that this is not diminishing our own human capacity of no doing the same thing no because it may or may not work david tree contract page 118. he's got a cigarette question

6:30:35 – 6:30:53Speaker 6

So we have our own grounds and facilities that go around and do a lot of tree trimming for the city and so forth. Have we ever looked at this cost and whether we had the internal resources to accomplish this within our own departments?

6:30:55 – 6:31:24Speaker 21

I doubt that we would have done this. If it was done, I wasn't here when it was done. It's not unusual for companies to contract out right away clearing and maintenance of vegetation. Not a lot of utilities have their own vegetation management entities. You have to be very well trained to work around the live conductors unless you're willing to take the conductors out of service. Davey, although in all fairness, also clears and mows the alleyways down low, but they'll do the tree trimming around the live conductor.

6:31:24Speaker 6

So they're specialized.

6:31:25Speaker 21

They're specialized. And they also have arborists. I know not all customers believe that, but they also have arborists on staff when they do this.

6:31:35Speaker 21

There are utilities that have their own arborists and do their own right away. It's a very expensive function. Many of them outsource it.

6:31:44 – 6:32:19Speaker 6

lot of rocks thinking because we we actually do have all these things we might not have the expertise uh or the training or the liability but at 1.2 million it's worth considering it's it's a lot of wood chippers it's a lot of chainsaws a lot of specialized equipment just to do that Well, I know, but we do do it for more than just the alleyways with our public works team. And I'm saying we do have a lot of wood chippers. We did buy a lot of new trucks. There's a whole bunch of bucket trucks running around and the grounds.

6:32:20 – 6:32:31Speaker 15

I think for liability, I also like babies because I look at that and I think about their insurance costs and somebody getting injured or hurt on the job. We already have all that.

6:32:35 – 6:33:27Speaker 14

we have consent for page 218 davies i consent but i would i would like us to to look at that possibility at least have the discussion madam mayor that's 30 minutes okay it is now 406 state we're not just you haven't yeah really because we've got to go to stan tech we have it looks like it looks like three or four yeah five pages that's one page 119 and sixty thousand dollars for transformers and consent next one 120 seventy thousand dollars for legal fees with an ongoing dispute yes definitely consensus yes i've followed that for quite a while i'm sorry close to the end of the siemens conversation last year

6:33:28 – 6:34:03Speaker 21

We have called upon the performance bond, the surety contractor to pay us out for lack of performance on the part of Siemens. We have an independent engineer's opinion that supports our case, and we were unsuccessful to reach an agreement through mediation. So we're moving to the next step, which is to pull the surety. And Council is already in touch with the surety provider for the project and we're going to be hiring litigation Council. In anticipation of going to litigation. that's nine plus million dollars, probably yeah.

6:34:04Speaker 14

122 $50,000 for audits of the water.

6:34:17Speaker 21

No, it's electric and water audits, energy conservation audits. We previously performed that internally. We outsourced that to an entity called Drops and Watts, which was doing a much better job, more thorough job than we could.

6:34:28Speaker 15

So we still offer it to our customers?

6:34:29Speaker 21

Oh, absolutely, absolutely.

6:34:30Speaker 15

Same cost to them?

6:34:31Speaker 21

Correct. These are free. And this puts it on a variable basis. So instead of carrying a fixed cost in the payroll, we pay for these as we use them. Good.

6:34:44 – 6:35:08Speaker 5

The only hesitation I have is that I'm not thrilled about the idea of outsourcing. The same way I'm not thrilled about outsourcing our call stuff is that I'd much rather have people who build, you know, involvement in the community long term. And so I kind of like the idea that we did it in-house. But I guess you're talking to me.

6:35:08 – 6:36:00Speaker 21

I think one of the things that we found was that over time, The number of audits we were doing was decreasing to the point where we couldn't keep one individual busy full-time at a salary and benefits that was substantially higher than the 50,000. Over the years, all of them retired, except for one who then moved to another department in the city. And we took it on as a variable expense. actually we picked up i believe this company when we were overwhelmed with energy audits about four years ago when the pca really spiked rates got high huge demand for energy audits because he said hey maybe we should have an energy audit done right so a lot of people had energy audits done we had to do a lot of work and we used the contract to help us supplement our people after that it's really dropped off to de minimis levels can we i'll consent but can we make sure that all of their records we get a copy of so that

6:36:01Speaker 5

We have that later on.

6:36:02 – 6:36:29Speaker 21

I believe we do. And there's multiple efforts here. Some of these are self-service online, but you could also get an in-person audit, somebody showing up on your property. But I believe we have all the records. And I say that because for quite a while, we have been transferring those records and would still do them if the solar energy loan fund, who we're not currently supporting in any way, but if they wanted this data, we would provide it to them so they can follow up with the customer and implement the project.

6:36:29Speaker 5

Well, I hadn't thought about that, but that's a good idea too, but just that we keep the records. So let's say the owner changes on the house, we have, hey, is there an energy auditor in my place?

6:36:38Speaker 21

I'll put a note here, check on record retention.

6:36:48Speaker 14

consent on one way to I think we did yes. consent. So.

6:36:56Speaker 21

And we also have inventory adjustments in the meter shop as well inventory there as well.

6:37:01Speaker 14

Oh. it's been fun but. i'm okay.

6:37:12Speaker 5

Thank you for the one minute.

6:37:15Speaker 7

Madam Mayor, can we take a break, like a five minute break? Yeah, we can take a break.

6:37:19Speaker 14

Madam Mayor, are we taking five minutes or 15 minutes?

6:37:23Speaker 7

Five minutes or 15 minutes?

6:37:42 – 6:37:54Speaker 3

15? Because we do have Stantec waiting. 425? We'll talk and let them know. 425.

7:02:09 – 7:03:38Speaker 14

JoAnne Hanrahan, Madam Mayor. JoAnne Hanrahan, yeah. JoAnne Hanrahan, here's the brother. JoAnne Hanrahan, hey yeah she'll be right back here. JoAnne Hanrahan, ready. ma'am are we ready you'll be there in a second here we go matt where's mimi maybe john the phone could be right now and then i think it just it comes back yeah he's screaming for it i'm a bird i just love to watch i get all kinds of things a lot of english history okay well we have um stantec i believe somewhere yeah yes they're here madam mayor it's 4 37 and we have reconvened okay great now we are on the next portion of our program stantec financial analysis forecast and commission questions all right well good afternoon can you hear me okay we can yes perfect

7:03:40Speaker 1

Hello, everybody. Good afternoon, Madam Mayor, Commissioners. You've had a long day, so I'll try to keep this as efficient as possible.

7:03:48Speaker 14

That would be lovely.

7:03:50 – 7:04:42Speaker 1

In terms of our agenda, we're going to go through first and talk about the enterprise funds. So we'll talk about the five funds for the enterprise, and then we'll talk about the three governmental funds, and then Happy to take any additional questions at the end. We do have the models available if we want to do any additional scenario analysis, but we do have some scenarios included within the presentation. So that's our agenda. In terms of the, just a reminder of what we're doing, the process that we use, we're really looking at a 10-year projection period. So we're looking at financial plans for each of the funds to determine whether they have sufficient revenues. And the way we do that is we take the fiscal year 27 budget as our starting point and forecast forward revenue requirements for each of the systems. That includes operating capital.

7:04:42Speaker 15

David, we didn't get handouts for this presentation.

7:04:46Speaker 1

Is that available, Yannick?

7:04:50Speaker 15

Which one? Yep.

7:04:53Speaker 5

Stantec modeling.

7:04:54Speaker 15

Stantec modeling. So efficient. Yeah, the one you got today.

7:04:59Speaker 14

No, we've had this for a while.

7:05:02Speaker 15

Oh yeah, we've had this one for a while. Thank you. Sorry.

7:05:06 – 7:11:05Speaker 1

No worries. So the revenue requirements give us a forecast of expenditures. We do a revenue forecast then look at the changes in demands, whether it's water or sewer, whatever system it is. What do we anticipate the revenues being over the next 10 years? And then the important part is to compare those two, revenues versus expenditures. Are we able to meet those revenue requirements? Do we maintain cash balances? Are we building up to cash balances as maybe in some funds? And then also if you've issued debt within a particular fund, are we meeting those debt service requirements? So that's the process. In terms of the assumptions this year, our projections are based on, we've got the 2025 actuals. we've got the audited financials we've got the amended 26 budget so we're forecasting where you're going to end the year based on that budget and then we're using the 2027 budget as our starting point for the forecast we're including both the base budget so we have a scenario for that today as well as a scenario for the supplementals for each of the um various funds Within the 2027 budget and including the five-year CIP, our analysis, we are recommending increases in the majority of the rates and fees. So water and sewer rates, refuse rates, the stormwater rates, the base rates for electric, and then the gulf fees. So we'll talk about why and what those look like for each of the funds. So our first fund in the enterprise funds is the electric fund. So as I mentioned, Analysis is taking the actuals for the electric fund in 2025. We've got the budget for 26 and 27. In terms of fund balances, you do have $500,000 at the end of fiscal year 25 within the stabilization fund. You ended up with 2.1 million in the storm fund, which is great. In 2026, you're going to contribute an additional 1.7. to the storm fund. So by the end of 26, you'll have close to 4 million halfway to your target within the storm fund. And then the estimate for fiscal year 26 in terms of the cash flows is that you're going to have a positive cash flow of 1.7 million. Just happens to be the same as the storm fund contribution. That's not the storm fund contribution. That will help you build towards your goal of having the six months fund balance within the electric fund. So the 2027 operating budget does include decreases totaling about 4.1 million. I want to spend a little bit of time chatting about that. That does include streamlining budgets that Ed has been able to accomplish. It's got the defined benefit reductions But it also includes that what's been talked about a couple times today, the fact that some of the PCA costs aren't reflected in the base budget. So it's a little bit, those decreases are a little bit overstated in terms of what's actually required for the electric fund. And I'll show you what it looks like with the supplemental as well. The purchase power cost, we're forecasting based on staff's estimates. And then finally for the CIP, continuing with the SHRIP, I think this is the last major chunk of the SHRIP, which is about 4 point, I'm sorry, close to $46 million for fiscal year 27. I anticipate funding that with bonds. So that would add about $3 million per year beginning in fiscal year 28 for those bonds. your current debt service within the electric fund is about $8.5 million. And that's what it would be for existing debt over the 10 year projection period. So now I'm gonna hop into the baseline scenario. So this is for the base budget. This does not include the supplementals. And just, I won't do this for each of the funds, but just to kind of orient everybody that may not be familiar with what we're looking at. Just up at the top, we've got the fiscal years listed, so going out to 2036. In each of the funds, as we look at them, we're going to look at what the potential adjustment to the fees, or in this case, is the base rates. So we're looking at a 2.5% increase in fiscal year 27. And then you can see the subsequent increases. We've got the typical residential customer's bill. So it's with the storm fee and with taxes, it's currently about $155 for a thousand kilowatt hours per month. You can see the debt service coverage, the combined water, sewer and electric days cash on hand. And then really important graph down here at the bottom where we're looking at our working capital fund. We wanna try to have six months in the enterprise funds as our minimum cash balance. You can see we're below that currently, but with this rate plan and without the supplementals, we would get to the minimum cash balance by fiscal year 28. We've got the revenues versus expenditures, so what's going in and out of the funds, expenditures by type, and then finally down at the bottom, the capital improvement plan. So we've got the CIP spending, how it's funding, if it's black, it's debt, if it's green, it's funded with PAYGO, and then any borrowing. So the key takeaways with this plan would be if we don't have the supplementals included, then it's pretty modest adjustments to the base rates. PCA costs are increased, or the PCA is adjusted with the purchase power costs, so looking at 3% in future years. As I mentioned, we would meet that cash balance by 2028, and we've got about $46 million for the strip.

7:11:10Speaker 12

Ask a question.

7:11:12 – 7:11:31Speaker 15

Yes, good. David can just I'm not trying to throw a curveball. But do you have the numbers that we approved last year? When we said we wanted to do 333 or whatever, when we went through this last year, we had already projected out the next three or four years. Do you have that slide?

7:11:34Speaker 15

I would like to see that comparison to what you're showing us now.

7:11:40 – 7:12:06Speaker 1

All right, I'll bring that over. We looked at a couple of variations, but I believe this is the one we were looking at. So this is where we were last year. You did adopt an 8% increase in the base rates. Then we were projecting 6, 5, 5, 5, and then a step down to 3 and 2. And we were essentially getting to that cash balance by 2031.

7:12:07Speaker 15

We were six, and then by 2028, we were five.

7:12:14Speaker 15

Thank you very much.

7:12:16 – 7:12:31Speaker 5

That seems like, this is Commissioner McPoy, that seems between last year's predictions and this one, it seems like, did we win the lottery in between? I know that's been active streamlining.

7:12:33 – 7:13:02Speaker 1

Well, it's important that this doesn't include... This baseline scenario, remember, does not include all of the PCA costs. So it's showing an overly optimistic forecast. If I flip to the next slide, and this is now this year's slide deck, this is with the supplementals included. So that includes that about $4.5 million of additional cost.

7:13:02Speaker 15

Right, but it's still not 6%. You're showing 3% now.

7:13:06 – 7:13:28Speaker 1

It is, and it's primarily, there's a number of factors. There's the admin transfer has gone down for the electric fund, really significant reduction defined benefit plan, as well as Ed's streamlining of the budget. So all of those factors really have a pretty significant impact on the electric fund.

7:13:29 – 7:13:48Speaker 15

Well, the reason I brought this up, because it just, it seemed to me that we're, we're moving on a much more positive when I looked at this, this slide just now. So that's good news. And I think that that should be part of the conversation that the residents are hearing that, you know, we ultimately made a decision last year for eight, six and five. And now here we are looking at numbers that are a lot better. Mr. Zagridge.

7:13:50 – 7:14:24Speaker 6

I was gonna kind of ask the same question. I think for all of this, it would be useful to start this projection based on the numbers we agreed upon last year. Otherwise, it's kind of like we're just a little bit rehashing the whole thing and moving the needle. Because I suspect if we model this with the 6552, maybe we're getting there in 28 versus 32 with all the supplementals, 2028. And maybe that's somewhere where we want to be.

7:14:26 – 7:14:53Speaker 15

i agree because if we looked at those numbers last year and we looked at our trajectory right to me like we already agreed we should have started with okay year 2027 and then 2028 you could go down right but if we already made we went through and rehashed all these numbers and made that decision last year why are we going backwards i mean that's great that we're saving money but at the same time we don't know what the future holds so to me if we already as a body made a decision at 865

7:14:55 – 7:15:30Speaker 12

would much rather see that starting number for 2027 at the six i'm just i don't think that we actually approved the eight six five i think we approved the eight using that modeling to say to justify our our reasoning but we really only approved the rate change correct me if i'm wrong for one year yeah i always started the conversation with with where you are because i think that's a great idea but we it's not like we approved the next But I'm saying if we like that trajectory that we're on. No, no, no. I agree with you. I just don't want anyone to think that we're making decisions for future years. Correct.

7:15:31Speaker 15

But to me, if we're going to have projections and we're really making sure, I mean, I'm looking at your numbers on page 11 of the big book, the negative $23 million. Let me...

7:15:42 – 7:16:43Speaker 21

First of all, I'd say you're all correct. And second of all, I'd say Yannick gave me permission to talk. So the next five minutes are his. Yes, I'll do it in two. So the untold story is where we're trying to be with respect to rate parity. So what we did within the department, I led an effort to go through line by line every department and cut to the bone. And anything that we could not say we absolutely had to have, we took out because we're trying to make sure that we remain competitive with the other utility in the area with respect to where we go with rates. True, last year's panel that you looked at, and this is the correct one to look at now in terms of where we get to, last year's panel projected much more aggressive rate increases than we're currently projecting, largely because we trimmed a lot of costs out of here, and we're trying to make sure that we can accommodate our new costs, yet still stay below or at parity with our neighbor.

7:16:43 – 7:17:16Speaker 15

I agree with that, but we also talked about the next cut, we would look at commercial, because commercial, we're trying to get people to bring their businesses here, and we have not cut commercial rates since I've been in office. So I just, I think that it's a bigger conversation and I'm thankful that you guys have streamlined and staff has done a great job. But to me, it just, it doesn't make sense. If we want it to be on this trajectory, that we would stop here. And now I just wish that we would start with a 6% number. That's just my opinion. And if we're going to try to do something with rates, we really should be focusing on commercial in my opinion.

7:17:17 – 7:18:07Speaker 21

So what we're trying to do is we're trying to limit the amount of base rate increase And we typically refer to the benchmark customer, of course, was that thousand kilowatt hour residential customer. We do recognize that the commercial rates are higher than we would like them to be. But as a policy matter, that's where our historically commissions have marched us down that path. of having rates where they are. I'm not saying that's right or wrong. That's just the way it evolved. So we could, as a part of the rate making exercise, which is in the cost of service study, is have that discussion on how we're going to achieve the revenue requirement. Are we going to achieve it with a across the board increase for all customer classes, or will it be lower for some classes and higher for others and still meet the revenue requirements? This model, remember, is a revenue requirement model. It's not a rate making model per se.

7:18:12 – 7:21:05Speaker 6

yeah i was going to say you know i think with all these we really need to start with the 2026 assumptions to as our starting point and then can explore moving them around i think we could kind of to sarah's point skip the step in it and i understand why we did it but you know last year we spent a lot of time on these models going through in different scenarios and and you know people were kind of upset to be like oh my gosh you know there's gonna be an eight percent increase and look at this and now the models change so if if we could with all of these get the 2026 assumptions as our starting point I I think that's a much better way to look at these um I also think have to ask for direction then you're saying to keep our expenditures at the levels that we projected before because we cut expenses so we we okay in making these models we made future assumptions on some of the numbers that percentage rate increases and so on so we basically built a model at the end of 2026 that gave us a trajectory and showed us where we would be now we're seeing new models that changed all of those choices the assumptions the levers and I understand kind of why we did that but it at least for me it makes a lot more sense to look at okay based on our assumptions from last year is what we thought we'd have to do in the next five years and now we have our new budget and you you did a a wonderful job of cutting down where are we at and then we could look at it and say oh are we are we being way too aggressive can we give some rate relief um because let's just say for the sake of it just it just so if we decided here all of a sudden that we needed to go to four people would kind of view that as oh you're increasing from three to four actually no we're cutting from five to four you know in in terms of where we thought we were I I would I would just like to see it based on our 2026 assumptions as a starting point and then we can remodel down from from there I'm sorry I make my decisions on the boat on the projections of where I think we need to be as a financial person and all of a sudden now we're going backwards on the Yeah. And the other thing, at least from the electric utility, I think we do need to look at our base rates because we have a lot of customers who are under the cost of service. So, you know, I would rather get closer to the customers under the cost of service paying the true cost of service in everything we do.

7:21:05Speaker 14

Get it closer.

7:21:10 – 7:21:26Speaker 6

Get it closer. And I think we can take some good steps to do that. And I'd much rather get to the point where we have a healthy fund balance in 2028 than in 2032 in some of these things.

7:21:27 – 7:21:39Speaker 4

If I may, Commissioner, if you'd like, Stantec could incorporate the Fiscal Year 26 model so you could see how close we would be. David, could you update the model to reflect the Fiscal Year 26 projections?

7:21:41Speaker 6

And also just considering we approved it almost nearly every supplemental, it probably makes sense just to look at the supplemental chart.

7:21:53Speaker 1

Yeah, we can certainly do that. Do you want to, I mean, we started, do you want to do it now in terms of?

7:22:02Speaker 4

Will it take, yeah, if possible, it shouldn't take you a long, it should take you a couple of minutes, right?

7:22:08Speaker 1

Yeah, I've got the first one here. This is the electric funds.

7:22:13 – 7:23:29Speaker 5

Well, while David's doing that, and somebody can correct me if my understanding is wrong, but my understanding of doing these models is You set out what your objective is, and there are a couple objectives. One of them is rate parity with our neighbor. One of them is trying to get the operating balance, whatever it's called, six months, build that up. And then there might be a couple other objectives, but those are probably the two big ones. And then also keeping your rate increases as low as possible while still meeting those objectives. So that top row of roughly 3% dropping down, that is an output of the model based on those objectives and whatever we've done with finances, whatever work Mr. Liberty and his team have done to modify expenses and so on. you don't put in the top line you put in maybe a guess to get it to prime the pump but you wouldn't put in five or six percent just off the bat you put in keep us lower than our neighbors try to get that

7:23:30 – 7:25:04Speaker 6

28 down to 26 or whatever that's essentially what we did last year that's what we do every year right but well to to view this year's budget we we should start with last year's assumptions because the conversation you know to to have with the public and I'm thinking you know because I understand This chart is balancing both of those things because I'm looking at the next page, which is where we are in terms of rates and so on. In terms of the public understanding of it, it skips one of those steps, which is, look, last year we thought we were going to have to hit you with 5% in 2027. Now, looking at the great job that our utility department has done and the success of the other departments and so on, that number has actually been lowered to three. That's a huge win for communications. And I understand in the grand scheme of the finances and the numbers, That doesn't make a difference. But from the public perception where they constantly, oh my God, our rates are so high, this and that. Them understanding that, look, in order to get where we needed to be, it had to be 5%. But we heard you and our department then did a phenomenal job of managing this process. Now we used to think it was five. Now we think it's three. And I understand it's like an academic exercise because we will probably end up at this chart. depending on what we like. But for the public's perception, at least for my, I think we need to start there.

7:25:04 – 7:25:50Speaker 5

I think the comparison, and I'm glad you asked to bring up the chart from last year, I think that and the perception, where are we doing? What are we doing? We're still, our goals are the same as last year, parity with the neighbors, get that balance up as high as you can as soon as you can. and don't do go crazy with the rates and yes the message should be that we have gotten ourselves to a better position than we were last year and that message is important to get out i don't know that you would do it by putting six percent in as your first year yeah we don't we don't start with the top number then back in the solution the way that this is actually yeah the button seems to have fallen out good luck

7:25:51 – 7:27:51Speaker 21

They're going to hand you a better one. But it's going to cost you. It seems to have electric failure. Maybe the battery's low. The way that we do this, we start with a workbook. These are called the panels, but we actually start with the workbook together with Stantec. And I want to say, off the top of my head, there's around 250 lines, maybe. So a few hundred lines, and then it goes out 10 years. So you go through line by line by line. And what we did was we went through every expenditure in the electric utility. We looked at it over the last five or six years. looked at the minimum the maximum and set the new line and took any excess out of there any cushion that was in there we took out we cut it to the bone provided those numbers to stantec and then they work on the escalation to do years two three four five all the way out through year ten that's how you get that line and you crank through that you do the same thing for revenues you do it for expenses right you forecast out ahead um i would say the the front years are probably the best ones in the series the latter one's a little bit more they're not guesses they're educated estimates right yeah but uh and that's how you come up with the numbers we were we were cognizant through the process that we were trying to just follow your direction, which is to look closely at every line and say, cut it to what it really needed to be. Don't have excesses in there. We also knew in the back of our minds that we were very close to parity and we don't want to lose parity. Let's see how we can do. We think that this gets us there. You'll notice in here too later on, fund balance would keep growing, but I think you see in the bottom in CIP spending and then look at the borrowings, the fundings, we're only planning at this moment on one more large. After that, you'd say, well, where's all that future going to come from? That's going to come from more of a pay-go type environment. We're trying to limit going back for another financing after 27. That doesn't mean there won't be one, but we're trying to come up with a plan where we can do that ourselves, get the system to the point where we can self-fund it.

7:27:51 – 7:28:03Speaker 15

But I just have to say, David, those numbers don't make sense that are up there because I'm comparing it to the chart. And you just increased it from 2.5. You went to supplemental. Oh, sorry. The screen before you had.

7:28:04Speaker 21

He added in the supplementals. The earlier one had no supplementals. And then this one does have supplementals. I think that's the difference.

7:28:09Speaker 15

Can he show the screen where he had the 6% of it?

7:28:15Speaker 21

The 6% one from the prior.

7:28:16Speaker 1

This is essentially what we just ran these numbers and I'll attempt to do this with my colleague for each. This is essentially.

7:28:22Speaker 15

That's what I was trying to look at. That's with the supplementals.

7:28:25Speaker 1

That's with the supplementals with the last year's rate plan. You'd essentially be there by 29.

7:28:31Speaker 15

But that's what I, okay. Instead of 32. Correct.

7:28:37 – 7:28:53Speaker 21

And then when you look at those out years, you'd say you're generating an awful lot of cash. You're filling that fund balance tank. And you have to say, well, for what purpose? All right. So at that point, you want to say, can I trim back the rates? Obviously, the goal for all of us is to get to the point we have 180 day requirement.

7:28:53Speaker 5

Because we're not compliant right now. And the lowest rates and less than the neighbor. You want to optimize for all those.

7:28:59 – 7:29:20Speaker 21

And where you can begin to self fund your capital improvements. Yeah. One of the ways that we're doing this, by the way, we're also very mindful of when we do work on capital work, we do work on a project that's eligible for capital treatment, that we capitalize it and we draw it down against bond funds. Right. To the extent that the bond fund allows us to do that. Right. We work closely to make sure with bond counsel to say, is this OK?

7:29:21Speaker 21

And we seek to get those assurances or we don't do it. Later on, you want to be able to sell funding those those those improvements.

7:29:28Speaker 15

David, can you put that one with the 6% back up there, please, so we can look at it with the supplemental? I'll just take a picture. I wish I could have.

7:29:35 – 7:29:46Speaker 1

Yeah, what I'll do is we'll go ahead and circulate. We'll go ahead and circulate after the meeting a scenario with these panels with last year's rate plans against the supplementals for all of them.

7:29:47Speaker 15

Can you enlarge that at all? And that would take us to 20, you said 20 what? 2029. So three years newer, three years sooner to come in compliance.

7:29:59 – 7:30:18Speaker 5

if we did six percent and then six and five five five yeah and just of a clarification does the working capital fund count the storm fund and the rate stability i believe it does it does okay not the capital

7:30:20 – 7:30:33Speaker 21

It would not include bond funds, but it would include stabilization fund balance. It would include the storm fund balance. If that's what you need 180 days of cash for, does it cover some kind of a bill? You say, well, that's what the storm fund does. That's what the stabilization fund does.

7:30:33Speaker 5

So it is in. Yes.

7:30:35Speaker 21

It's my understanding it would be.

7:30:36Speaker 14

Mr. Segridge. Yes.

7:30:43 – 7:31:34Speaker 6

I was going to say, if you are able to give us that other chart, and then the one page that we didn't get to looking at the rates and how we compare, see how we would compare with that as well would be useful. So using the 2026, 2026 rate percentages, what does that do to our comparison? And I guess to my colleagues, when we talk about bringing up the base rate to cover the cost of service, I would maybe ask Mr. Liberty, how far off are we? And the question for my colleagues, I've heard it a couple of times. We've been trying to do this for years. So let's take steps to do it. Let's not just wait. Let's actually take steps to do it.

7:31:35Speaker 5

That's true, except that you've got to remember that we have customers, some of whom are seasonal, some of whom are on solar panels.

7:31:45 – 7:33:00Speaker 6

will get very unhappy when they say i'm not buying i'm not using any electricity and you're charging me what 100 bucks but at the same time you can't say you want to bring it up so that it covers the cost of service but you're not unwilling to make the people who are paying under the cost of service a little bit unhappy everybody's got to pay their fair share and i understand that's a very unpopular thing to say um but if if that is truly a goal and if that will make future years healthier right sometimes we do have to you know eat a little crow today so that tomorrow we never go back down is the only thing right but but but as inflation and everything else catches up to us and and everyone else is going up if we have the healthy fund balances we don't have to be gaining so our percentage rate increases could go down to one percent in that model and it should keep us at at around that line we reach the goal Once we reach the goal, but I'm hearing a lot of, and since I've been in Lake Worth, our cost of service is not being covered. Well, I know it's a hard decision to say, let's just do it. Well, let's do it. And how do we get there and how long is it going to take?

7:33:00 – 7:33:35Speaker 21

what is the number it's like 24 minimum rate now is like 25 35. the minimum bill with the storm fund i believe is upwards about 45 a month right now and what would it actually take for that same realistically without those notes i can tell you the cost of service studies underway but i'm just going to go from memory i hope nobody comes back and says oh your memory's really bad The last cost of service study that we did, I want to say that the cost of service for the residential customer was about, I want to say $70 to $72 per month in that range. And we're currently collecting at about $45 per month.

7:33:35Speaker 14

And these are essentially snowbirds.

7:33:37 – 7:34:23Speaker 21

no it's not necessarily snowboards it's hard for us to tell if they're snowbirds or homesteaded or not homesteaded we didn't do that level of detail and then they just don't use that much they don't use and so they but they're receiving the service so there's a there's a let's say if you went back far enough in time before we started this capital campaign and doing a lot of infrastructure work You'd say, well, who's contributing to the infrastructure? Whether you use a little or use a lot, the pole has to be there, the transformer, the wires, the staff, the truck, because you might need it, right? So that's the cost of service. What we try to do is have, generally speaking, have what you pay be somewhat close to at least what it costs to serve you. So like a store, imagine we sell cupcakes. We want to be able to sell the cupcakes enough to pay for the cost.

7:34:23Speaker 15

But you just did this cost of service study, like not even the last two years.

7:34:27Speaker 21

We did the last one around 22, 23.

7:34:31Speaker 15

Because that's when I said we haven't done one on the water and then we went out, we did one for water. So we have done one recently and we still didn't increase it is my point.

7:34:38 – 7:36:46Speaker 21

In my last eight or nine years here, we've done two. We should do them every three to four years or anytime you have a significant change in your cost of service, you should take a look at it again. So, we've had those types of things happen. We've done some things where we've seen migration of customers, for example. Customers in the commercial category, when we implemented the new demand rates and sort of watching that closely, we found a migration of probably a few hundred commercial customers who migrated from commercial rate to commercial demand. The total number of commercial customers stayed the same or went down slightly. they migrated from one group to another. We did implement a higher minimum bill. We did add a storm charge, but I'm waiting for the results of the current cost of service study, which our race consultants are working on. And I don't think it's going to be that inconsistent with what we saw in the past. Now that we've taken on a lot of debt service to modernize the system, that cost has to be reflected in our current cost of service study. And that has to be paid for. when do we expect to get that service i expect to see a draft within the next month or so you know we want to have it to you so are we going to look at raising the basic service that would be your option you see i'm throwing it out yeah i would suggest it's time we do that i like that we look at increases of the minimum bill there has to be a very thoughtful policy discussion right as is being discussed here about what percentage of the customer class classes should be at cost of service and do you want to do that all at once do you want to come up to that gradually right for example to the extent that you have a gap do you want to close that gap within one year or three years you want to close it at a hundred percent so that's equal or do you want to have a policy that sets it at some percentage of that and you get to it those are policy discussions i can help help you with that in one-on-ones we're running way behind now we went down this right i just realized that we have to go through all of the funds for stantec okay so far we're way behind i invite you to come in for the one-on-ones it'll speak it's all on you you know how to shape your thoughts

7:36:47 – 7:37:25Speaker 5

the only thing i'd add can i put in a request and get consensus from my colleagues that when you bring back for that thoughtful discussion of the minimum charge the cost of service discussion can you bring us information from other utilities so that we have some idea because i'm i'm seeing i just did a quick google search but that's i i don't trust the results but they're saying 10 to 25 but i don't think they're including in of dollars a month all the things that we would legitimately include in so but it'd be helpful to get some idea of where our current rate compares to a number of other places and where

7:37:26 – 7:37:55Speaker 7

we can we can what we don't have a good deal for could be different is what their cash on hand is and what they're trying to grow fund balance is where they are in your evolution yeah there there are variable parts to that comparison okay let's let dave keep going okay excuse me madam mayor if i may could we get consensus on the rates before we move on to the next one for electorate well no that's what we're just discussing we're not ready that's what we said we i think that next time we need to leave at last and do everybody else

7:37:57Speaker 14

Not against you guys, it's the department. Overall. A lot of electric. Okay. Next.

7:38:05 – 7:38:28Speaker 1

Okay. Next is water fund. The water fund for the preliminary 27 modeling, we're assuming a 4 percent increase that is consistent with what we've talked about last year. The operating budget does reflect a $500,000 decrease in O&M costs. It's primarily due to the defined benefit reductions. But the CI.

7:38:29Speaker 15

And David, we're also waiting on a cost of service study from that department as well. Will that be done before we make these decisions?

7:38:35Speaker 1

It will, yes. We anticipate at the next budget workshop presenting our results for the cost of service.

7:38:43Speaker 15

I personally don't want to make a decision until we see that study. I don't know how everybody else feels.

7:38:50Speaker 15

It feels a little premature.

7:38:51Speaker 5

It seems reasonable to wait until the rate studies before we set the rate.

7:38:57 – 7:40:27Speaker 1

Yeah, just a little bit of a clarification I wanted to make on that in terms of similar to what Ed was just mentioning. We've identified that we think in total the water fund needs 4% more revenue. The cost of service study will tell us where to get that revenue. Should we increase base rates? Should we change the structure for residential versus commercial? And should the things of that sort. So it'll it'll determine based upon the cost of serving each of those customer classes, what the rate structure should be. But overall we anticipate needing a 4% increase in revenues, but understanding that the next, once we have those results, it'll provide more clarity. Hopefully that helps provide some context of what the cost of service study provides. So the capital plan is more substantial this year. So again, The water rate plan, fortunately, this is the plan from last year. We talked about 4% for the next until 2030, and then 5% from that point forward. So in terms of the rate plan, again, talking about those 4%, reserves are currently above the minimum target. We are keeping that balance above the minimal target by issuing debt over the next couple of years. But one of the items we talked about last year was The fact that we don't necessarily want to continuing issuing debt every single year. And so trying to transition to using a little bit more cash in future years. So we are spending down.

7:40:27Speaker 15

Especially when we have a $3 million fund balance above our reserve.

7:40:35Speaker 5

Yep. And what is significant about 2030, 2031, where there's a step function change there?

7:40:46 – 7:41:03Speaker 1

It's essentially we're letting the model and saying that just at that point in time, we want to transition to start using cash versus debt. We could attempt to spend more cash in the near term, but generally the rate plan would effectively be the same. We would just be spending down to that balance.

7:41:05Speaker 5

And is there any particular significance to doing that at the 30-31 transition instead of the 28-29 or?

7:41:14 – 7:41:26Speaker 1

No, nothing specific other than just looking at, we had talked last year about the next four to five years of having that being more solidified. But yeah, there is definitely flexibility to run other models.

7:41:29Speaker 15

Well, I think you're going to have to run more models because we just lost money from legislation that I'm sure we are considering using for CIP.

7:41:34 – 7:42:58Speaker 1

Correct. So on the... supplementals the supplementals are not very significant for the waterfront side and given the fact that we do have cash balances above that minimum we believe you could stay with the same rate plan four percents and then bumping it up to five percent you'd issue a little bit more debt in future years um because of that supplemental amount but it's again pretty small and that um don't necessarily think you need to go higher than that but to the effect that the appropriations aren't available, that's probably going to drive the rate increase, as you just mentioned. But not a lot of difference between supplemental and the base budget for water. So we do have a comparison. This is the current bill for somebody using 5,000 gallons per month for water. It's about $46. With that 4%, it would go up to 4775 and then you can see how you're compared to the average of these other communities that we've pulled. It's important to note. I say this every year is that we don't necessarily know what these other. Uh, communities are going to do in 2027, so it's a little bit of an apples to oranges comparison. From that perspective, most communities do increase rates on an annual basis.

7:43:06 – 7:43:38Speaker 5

Does anybody happen to know, do any of those other communities, which all seem to be cheaper than us, do any of those other ones have RO water as part of their mix? I don't think so, just eyeballing that, but maybe somebody else. Jupiter might. I think Jupiter also went to some RO. In other words, the quality of what people are getting is better here, even though it's... West Palm is just behind us. And they're not RO, and they had trouble with...

7:43:38Speaker 14

They have trouble constantly.

7:43:43Speaker 5

It's supposed to be.

7:43:58 – 7:44:18Speaker 19

and membrane capacity. Oh, thank you. So we really are set up to have our rates stay more stable than most of these other municipalities, because while we may be, you know, rehabilitating some aging infrastructure, maybe wells, they will be creating entire new treatment plants.

7:44:19Speaker 14

Especially. Yes. Yeah.

7:44:26 – 7:44:38Speaker 5

Yeah. So we offer a different product and we're at roughly 50% RO water, which has various health benefits too.

7:44:46 – 7:45:33Speaker 1

All right. So the next fund is the sewer fund. And so last year we talked about a 5% increase in 2027. I believe that's still consistent. The projected 2027 budget did go up about $430,000 in O&M costs. As was talked about earlier today, regional system costs are a significant portion. They make up about 60% of the total cost for the local sewer. So we have that incorporated, plus we're assuming that's going to continue to grow in future years at 3%. The fiscal year, 27 CIP, it's 2.25 million with some borrowing, but 1.8 million, which would turn into debt service about 120,000 per year.

7:45:33Speaker 15

Hang on, I have a question about that.

7:45:36 – 7:46:10Speaker 15

Maybe Yannick needs to come in on this one. If we're looking at the local sewer fund as 1.2 million above what we need, why wouldn't we use part of that instead of borrowing the whole 2.25? So see what it says? He's got number three. CIP at 2.5 funded with the bonds that we're going after. But if we're sitting at 1.2, above what we need, why couldn't we just use the fund balance?

7:46:10Speaker 4

I think that 2.25 is only for one year. Can you go to the model, David?

7:46:18Speaker 1

Yeah, that's correct. It's just given the type of the projects.

7:46:21Speaker 4

The total that we're going to borrow from the local sewers is more than 2.5. I think it will be like 5 million.

7:46:28Speaker 15

With anticipated bonds at 1.8 million.

7:46:31Speaker 4

Just for that one year. Right?

7:46:34Speaker 1

Right. That's correct.

7:46:35 – 7:46:49Speaker 4

So if you look at- So we anticipated to spend 1.8 million just on one year, but what we're going to borrow will be a lot more. I think it will be like around 5 million, is it?

7:46:51Speaker 15

1.2 access that we have and lower our debt service for that- We can certainly do that. It's great to catch up to pay more debt service.

7:47:00Speaker 4

We can certainly do that. That's fine. I just don't know how much of an impact it would have.

7:47:08 – 7:47:19Speaker 15

So it's 1.2 above the required 180 days working capital. So to me, why would we just spend that down and not have to do the increase across the board?

7:47:19 – 7:48:08Speaker 5

If you look at page 15 in the STANTEC, I'm looking at the supplemental budget. the first two are above the first two bars in working capital are above the target and then from there on it's at the target so i i think we're kind of already doing that no but now they want to go out and borrow more money which is just going to increase our debts what i'm trying to say is don't borrow so much i i hear you but i think that's what it's just sitting there well david can or somebody can practice but i see in the working capital 26 and 27 are above the target, and then from there on out, we've dropped it down and we're right at the target, I assume that's doing kind of what Commissioner Malaiga is suggesting. Use that excess and don't borrow that little bit.

7:48:09Speaker 4

Yes, according to the model.

7:48:12Speaker 1

That's correct. I can chime in. That is correct. That's essentially what we're doing.

7:48:18 – 7:48:49Speaker 4

If you look at the next, I think the next model will show it better. So the next model will show, if you look at the chart, that's the one that's in the middle, CIP funding. So the green bar is us using operating cash, meaning our fund balance towards CIP. So this is being, Commissioner McVoy's point. So that model is considering using our fund balance.

7:48:49Speaker 15

Let's see this last,

7:48:52Speaker 4

So in 28, you can see in 28, the bull bar will be right on the target in fiscal year 28.

7:49:00Speaker 15

So then in the budget book, you're available unassigned fund balance will show zero because we've drawn that down.

7:49:06Speaker 4

By 28, yes, according to that chart. Yes. I'm sorry?

7:49:10Speaker 5

It should say which business line.

7:49:17Speaker 6

So that bond, we already went out for that, right?

7:49:20Speaker 4

Not for the 27, no.

7:49:21Speaker 6

Not for the 27, okay. Ballpark, what are the bond rates? High, low?

7:49:29Speaker 4

want to say four or five.

7:49:32 – 7:50:03Speaker 6

So that could be a reasoning to, you know, an argument to be made to say, you know what, it's, it's, it's very low bond rate, capitalized, or not capitalized, but spread out across what's going on in 31. What's the big project? 2031 because this could also be a reason why we might want to future save because who knows what rates are going to do by 31 borrow a little bit now stock up

7:50:04 – 7:51:03Speaker 19

with our current setup which we have about half-ish reverse osmosis water half-ish lime softened water we um are not necessarily able to achieve the current proposed pfas limit from the epa um that amount will go towards either building out our entire ro plant we have set ourselves up to add trains, rather than creating a new plant or to not sacrifice our capacity in the surficial aquifer, which is a valuable resource phasing out the lime softening and adding a nano filtration package plant in its place. Yeah, not as expensive as the other municipalities that will need to fully replace their water treatment. But yes, so that's what we're planning for.

7:51:04 – 7:51:23Speaker 6

My other question is, I know we have wonderful technology on it, and we're producing great quality water. Where are we at in terms of our capacity? In other words, if our plant can produce 100 units, how much are we using? Are we using 10 units or are we using 90 units? How close are we to our capacity of what our plant can do?

7:51:25 – 7:51:36Speaker 6

Not even close. No. So how aggressively are we exploring revenues of potentially helping these other municipalities out? I'm just asking the question.

7:51:37 – 7:52:04Speaker 19

We have interconnections with, I know, town of Lantana, West Palm Beach, I believe Palm Beach County. And we have upgraded those in the last year or so to be metered so that should they ever want our water, it would be billed. We're also exploring our work still in ongoing negotiations with the town of Palm Beach to see if they want to use us as a water provider.

7:52:05 – 7:52:31Speaker 6

one the other side question to that is you know i think our water bill at the casino complex and the beach is something like 200 000 a year um have we explored the possibility of running our water over there yeah i know we're doing electrical um we actually have kind of a shelved design to do exactly that because the original plan was to run water along with electrical but it is not even close to um

7:52:35 – 7:53:01Speaker 19

economic you know feasibility unless we provide water to another municipality across the bridge ballpark costs on it oh um five million dollars actually maybe i'm remembering incorrectly um i can get back to you on that but we did have a cost estimate at some point it might have been eight million dollars it's not on the top of my head though

7:53:03 – 7:54:17Speaker 5

a quick question for you I think Yannick maybe because this is both for elect well for any of the funds but electric and water are the big ones is not in addition hang on I have enough trouble formulating um in addition to the comment that mr segrich made about well bond rates are low right now so it might be a good idea to borrow because they're pretty likely to go up but isn't there also sort of a equity argument that if you borrow money you're spreading the capital costs over the life of the users so that people who are water consumers in 10 years or electric consumers in 10 years are helping to pay so that that burden is not all on whoever is here right now that is correct that is correct that's the correct assumption you know it seems like well why would you want to borrow right you know why don't you do it out of the whole purpose for for future residents to also pay their share towards the uh infrastructure uh improvements all right just for me and others to keep in mind sure why we might choose to borrow all right

7:54:20Speaker 14

Hey, keep going.

7:54:21 – 7:54:49Speaker 1

All right. So that's with the supplemental. Just in terms of the comparisons, current sewer bill for 5,000 gallons per month is about $57. It would go up with the 4%, it would go up to $60. And then you can see you're pretty close to the average at $56 there, but towards the end of the scale, but again, or to note that these are current rates for other communities.

7:54:54Speaker 12

Yeah, but I mean, Manila Pan's an outlier. You shouldn't put that in the average.

7:54:59Speaker 1

It is an outlier, for sure.

7:55:01Speaker 12

The average is more along the lines of $45, probably.

7:55:09Speaker 1

True. We can update in the next version.

7:55:16Speaker 12

Yeah, we could use the median on that one.

7:55:18 – 7:57:07Speaker 1

Yeah, yep. All right, so the next just shows the combined. Again, we can update given the outlier, but currently at about $104, $103 per month for water and sewer combined, it would go up to about $108 in 2027. All right, so next fund is the stormwater fund. So the modeling assumes a 5% increase Um, throughout the projection period that is higher than we talked about last year, where we looked at two and a half and 3%, there's a little bit of a reduction in the budget, um, but higher CIP and the starting balance is a little bit lower than we anticipated. Um, got a number of capital projects included, particularly in 2027, got a new camera truck, 400,000, a big project to stormwater collection and conveyance project at 4.8 million. That would be part of the borrowing in 2027, which would turn into about $300,000 per year in debt service. And then the future CIP is similar to what we've talked about, where it's a combination of both borrowing and cash going forward. So this is what it looks like currently without the supplementals. We're looking at 5% increases in order to maintain that cash balance. You can see, as we've talked about, Some of the borrowing in the near term and then trying to shift it over for the recurring projects to be PAYGO in the future. So that's why we're spending down to that minimum line. Current annual assessment is $120. It would go to $126 under the 5% increase.

7:57:12Speaker 15

So are you looking for consensus for some of these that we can do? I mean, I know we can't do the electric and the water, but did you want us to give consensus on the stormwater and the sewer?

7:57:23 – 7:57:35Speaker 4

Yes, because those, yes, they need to be in, I think, by end of June. And like... I can July and refuse those need to be in. We have a tight deadline with those.

7:57:35 – 7:58:03Speaker 15

So I didn't mean to jump in here. We're all very tired because we're getting quiet. So for stormwater, the recommendation then would be for FY2027 to go up to $128.74 on here. But on the blue, so this one, page 20. says $128.74, but then page 21, you've got $126.33 on the graph for the annual residential fee comparison.

7:58:04 – 7:58:21Speaker 1

Right. So the $128 is if you include the supplementals at $258,000 per year recurring in order to not spend below that minimum we're recommending or think you need closer to 7% over the next four years.

7:58:21 – 7:58:39Speaker 15

But then essentially you're not looking for 126.33, you're looking for the 128.74. Yes, correct. So I wish that those numbers were reflective in this one down here that shows us comparing with everybody else. Because if this is what you want us to do, you guys see what I'm saying? I would rather see it on page 21 The right number.

7:58:39Speaker 12

We're in the same place anyway, though.

7:58:42 – 7:58:53Speaker 5

I think the problem is that the 821 comes from the straight baseline, not from the supplemental. I agree. We could do this with the supplemental.

7:58:53Speaker 1

Yeah, we can add those in. But it's not going to change the ordering there, right?

7:58:59Speaker 15

We should still want the 1.28. I'm in agreeance with the 1.28.74. The 7% increase was supplemental.

7:59:05Speaker 5

I agree. I mean, I mean, I don't like.

7:59:09Speaker 15

Okay, there you go. Consider someone. Now we got to go backwards. What was the other one?

7:59:14Speaker 1

Oh, refuse sewer. Yeah, we haven't sewers. You don't need to do. I don't believe at this point. That's not an assessment.

7:59:22Speaker 1

Refuse will be coming up.

7:59:23Speaker 12

All right. Refuse is the next one. I'm not trying to be rude, but I don't want to keep everybody.

7:59:31Speaker 1

Keep rolling.

7:59:34Speaker 12

Refuse, we didn't increase last year, so we definitely need to. Plus, then we can have more mattress pickups. And this is just residential?

7:59:43Speaker 1

No. Last year, you didn't increase residential. You did increase commercial, 7%.

7:59:48Speaker 15

But this is just residential that we're looking at now for the increase.

7:59:53 – 8:00:23Speaker 1

We'll be recommending increases in both, which I can show here. So we're recommending increases. These are consistent with last year, 6% residential commercial in order to maintain that minimum balance. And I can just jump to the supplemental. Need to go a little bit longer with the supplemental. It adds about $100,000 a year. But right now, in order to maintain that minimum balance for looking at 6% increase in residential and commercial.

8:00:24 – 8:00:39Speaker 15

Can I ask a question? Yeah. Jamie, did you get tipping updates on the tipping fees, the cost of service that we talked about, I think like a month and a half ago or a month ago we had asked about that? Yeah.

8:00:40Speaker 13

One of the updated tipping fees in July. July?

8:00:47Speaker 15

Okay, but are we taking that in consideration when looking at these fees?

8:00:51Speaker 13

Yes. And to answer your question, the residential, we did commercial last year, not residential, and that's not Avalor. So that's why we have to go to the county. That's why you have to get it. Yeah.

8:01:01Speaker 15

I'm in consensus.

8:01:04 – 8:01:40Speaker 6

I know we talked about adding a week of bulk. If we're going to do that, what's that going to add do we know even close or estimate to 290 and then a week of bulk 287.84 so if you make it 290 it's probably probably maybe six if we're doing what Jamie suggested and replacing a week of vegetation with a week of bulk in theory it should be similar but the tipping fees are a lot more for bulk

8:01:41Speaker 13

Correct. And we also receive a veg credit. So we would be basically eliminating half of that each month.

8:01:53 – 8:02:04Speaker 6

Because we're a quarter of a third. So do we have any kind of ballpark for that that we could utilize?

8:02:21 – 8:02:48Speaker 5

wanted to see the 11 by 17 box it's back there on the bench it's back there on the bench this is our agreement from us at 6.5 percent that does two books yeah that's what i'm saying that's roughly your we gotta be adding another truck well it might be ten percent we don't know yeah we don't have we have to figure that out yeah i'm gonna have to

8:02:51 – 8:03:10Speaker 15

can we make an agreement that we'll agree on whatever the whatever ending of both day would add to it would we be able to get those numbers by the next commission meeting it's going to be very close it's going to be really close should we just should we just go seven percent so we can add a day of bulk and if we get forward then we can let's go with seven seven percent

8:03:10 – 8:04:01Speaker 13

seven percent plus bulk two books and if we can drop it back to six and still do two or six and a half but yeah you say plus two books so so we're looking at basically first and third week of the month would be both second and fourth would be bench and we're going to be odd bulk even bet that's going to be our new slogan now so that would be seven for the residential and then we would remain at six percent for the commercial director you said seven to both pickups for commercial they don't they don't have both yeah yeah they have done so yes i think that so seven and six okay yeah i'm i'm good that's a good idea i think it's important consenting

8:04:02Speaker 5

That's a huge win for the residents. And it comes with a guarantee that our city is going to look so much better.

8:04:08Speaker 12

Your wife is going to be very happy.

8:04:11Speaker 5

I hope. I hope.

8:04:13Speaker 6

I consent. I consent to that.

8:04:16 – 8:04:33Speaker 14

Okay, there you go. Seven and six. That's why you have to do this. So, obviously, the 27th. We'll be a little bit higher than this, but this is... I know.

8:04:33Speaker 1

Focus, focus. 27 would be a little bit higher than this if you do 7 instead of 6, but you're still going to be in the same range. I don't think you jump up.

8:04:42Speaker 5

We're not going to go past the 334. Do we owe you any more? Beat.

8:04:53 – 8:05:14Speaker 1

Yep. So this is just to give you a sense for commercial. So this is commercial with the 6% current, where it would be in 27, depending upon the dumpster size, whether it's dumpster or capacitor, compactor, and then the number of times per week. So in comparison, you're still at the lower end of the range on commercial side too.

8:05:15 – 8:05:28Speaker 15

And I was just going to say the commercial people, the garbages are overflowing. I'm in favor of raising this rate. We are on the lower end. I don't know how everybody else feels, but I think that we need to increase this.

8:05:29Speaker 12

Would it be increased service or just cost?

8:05:31Speaker 15

Increase the cost because it's already showing two times a week. But that's not going to make their garbage cans less overflowy.

8:05:36 – 8:05:48Speaker 12

No, I guess once we find out what our tipping fee is, we can then justify the increase. I don't mind justifying the increase, but my point is if their garbage cans are overflowing, their garbage cans are too small.

8:05:48Speaker 15

We do two times a week downtown.

8:05:53Speaker 12

But you're right, but some of the dumpsters are always overflowing, so they need to be switched out.

8:05:57 – 8:06:26Speaker 13

And for commercial also, it depends on the level of service needed by that particular tenant. Because some can get away with once a week, some need five. So when we see if there is material on the ground, we We have to increase. And if we see a container that's not as full when we go to collect it, we can always decrease as well. So it works both ways. But we try to keep a handle on it. No, we cannot do that for residential. It's only for commercial.

8:06:26Speaker 15

So we don't have any commercials that we pick up twice a week?

8:06:29Speaker 13

Oh, yeah. We have plenty that we pick up twice a week. But we also have some that we pick up six days a week.

8:06:34Speaker 14

Do we do twice a week or wait on the low end of the cost or low end?

8:06:41 – 8:08:46Speaker 6

I was going to say also to your point about the service, I've received several calls about how in the last several years we went from opening the doors to not opening the doors for the dumpsters to not opening the doors to dumpsters, not pulling and requiring people to pull out their own dumpsters. And I know there was various different reasons for that. But I think if we want it to be done right, and that particular commercial zone requires that we have somebody help get out or two guys get out of the truck and pull that out, I think that needs to happen. And we can charge for it, but I don't think we can rely on our commercial landlords to make that happen. no matter what we do um and i've just seen many of them they just pile up behind the doors and there's trash everywhere and then it becomes a much bigger problem for our guys if that they're even going to get to that dumpster so i think as part of this fee structure on on what we're thinking if they need to have that kind of service where we have to open the doors and pull the dumpster out so that the truck can get to it I think we need to charge them for that and whatever we need to do for our workers to ensure that they're safe and not getting injured. Because I believe part of the issue is we have one gentleman or lady in the truck and they're trying to pull a dumpster by himself. So I don't know if we have a time limit on when we have to get these settled. um but if we have a little bit of time not for commercial because these are part of the fee schedule so we have time for this so without belaboring the point i'd like us to take a look at that yes sir and and and see what we have to do because i i think it'll go a long way to make some of the commercial customers happier um but it will also go a long way to make our city cleaner and and do we have even though we don't need to do it right now do we have general consensus that we could move the commercial rate up a bit i can say

8:08:50Speaker 5

Accompanied by perhaps some increased service. Okay, cool.

8:08:54Speaker 13

So we might be looking at a seven flat to like a seven and seven.

8:08:57 – 8:10:24Speaker 1

All right. Next is beach fund. So we're projecting in the 2027 budget revenues a 50 cent increase in the weekday metered parking rate. That would bring the weekday and the weekend rates to be the same, which I guess we can get into would help from an operational standpoint. So that would put it to $4 per hour. The fiscal year 2017 O&M budget does reflect decreases, $350,000. Again, due to defined benefit reductions, as Yannick mentioned earlier, there's also reductions in parking, 20% reduction in parking expenses taken outside of the beach fund. And then in 2026, you've got $200,000 in capital. So our forecast is shown here. Your current parking rates, $350 weekday, $4 on the weekend per hour. We're proposing that $4 increase that would essentially bring you to basically break even cash flow. And then in future years, we're recommending that there would be continued increases in the parking rates in 2028, 29, and then out in the 2033 timeframe. Would allow you to maintain that cash balance falling a little bit below in our last year, but that's pretty far out there.

8:10:25 – 8:11:25Speaker 15

Okay, Ms. Malega, Mr. McVoy, and Ms. May, I have a question. Thank you. So last year, I remember that we talked about doing target pricing. I don't know what it's really called. Right. So if it's on-demand parking. So I don't like the fact that it says weekday because this year Memorial Day was a weekday and you couldn't get a parking spot at our beach. So where are we with that concept of doing on-demand parking pricing? And then obviously we talked about giving the residents a discount if they had a resident or however we were gonna do that. But for the beach, honestly our residents can buy a beach detail decal yeah um but i i would really thought that we were going to go this route with the on-demand parking scenario at the beach hi hi okay so we uh tiana mckay we did bring the uh resident rate in so that is effective there's um signage out there and everything at the at the meters so you're incorporated in this and stand tech

8:11:26Speaker 11

I am not sure if it is incorporated in that. Yes, it is incorporated.

8:11:36Speaker 15

Behind the scenes.

8:11:38Speaker 11

I'm going to let our parking manager speak to our parking machines in the second, the on-demand question that you had.

8:11:48 – 8:12:05Speaker 22

Hello everyone. Carlos Bastos, parking manager. So I did reach out to back then to try to get our, rates to be up on the plot. And basically, our meters are reaching a lifespan. So we're going to have to start thinking about somewhere down the future.

8:12:06Speaker 5

Can you speak a little closer to our meters?

8:12:09Speaker 22

So our meters are reaching a lifespan.

8:12:12 – 8:13:09Speaker 22

All right. Good, good. There you go. Good, good. So we are going to need to somewhere down the line think about replacing those meters. The programming of it to have such a dynamic parking there from the top charging a higher rate on the top and then a lower rate on the bottom, it requires special programming to it. so we weren't talking upper and lower deck we were talking holiday time of day holidays changing right right so we we also talked to our vendors about that unfortunately they can't support that type of rate structure to change back and forth on holidays uh because of the current rate that we have now if we were to switch over to our flat rate whole dollar amount they might be able to program that so we can have that throughout the year so we can set those holidays

8:13:09Speaker 15

I thought we had a flat rate dollar amount anyway.

8:13:12Speaker 15

Aren't we at a flat rate dollar amount?

8:13:14 – 8:13:26Speaker 22

No, we are $3.50 during the week, $4 on the weekend. But if we were to convert those rates to a whole dollar amount like we're talking about now, they might be able to create a rate structure that would be able to do that.

8:13:26Speaker 15

I'm not feeling confident in this answer.

8:13:30 – 8:13:56Speaker 5

yeah me neither and i i'm i'm very scared i think we should push back hard or find whoever our vendor or get a different vendor because you know the technology to know what time of day it is that's getting charged and to be able to attach a rate to it and make that variable this is not you know third order vessel function fancy calculus yeah it's just that our meters are uh

8:13:57 – 8:14:50Speaker 22

about eight years out they usually last about yeah when they pay them pay stations yeah so the programming of it it's solid pass by park mobile like one of the 19 apps that i have to have on my phone yeah yeah exactly yeah so and those guys certainly so park mobile will be able to support it but we have meters right so we have to have both of them functioning in place so to make sure that they work we have pay stations yeah yeah multiple stations yeah yeah but do those physical stations run through park mobile or do they are they independent so they have to talk to each other right so what the meter is running on the race is the same as park mobile has to run on those same rates so when somebody parks out there we will be able to see those two talking to each other so citations now you should definitely yeah but my question You can pay with coins. Yeah. Yeah. We accept coins.

8:14:51Speaker 14

You got a lot of them. I'm sorry.

8:14:59Speaker 9

Can whoever's speaking speak into their mic, please? Oh, sure.

8:15:03Speaker 22

I think it's both of us.

8:15:05 – 8:15:34Speaker 14

what I said was um when I go to park well I gotta go to the Kravis or something I just you know I QR code I don't use ever there's no money anymore right use it and and all of that I mean I would definitely push hard especially if Park mobile is related to the physical meters it's two different vendors yeah uh Park mobile and IPS we use Park mobile without the coins we get to it

8:15:35 – 8:16:31Speaker 5

the park mobile side of it they'll be able to support it but the meters will have to support the same and one thought is although I don't really like it if we can make the park mobile go to the variable rates then it may be at people's advantage to choose not to pay with the physical thing and to pay with the park mobile and they have that option correct we could move this forward if the park mobile will do it but the meter will also have to read the same the other comment I had is if you're a family and you're taking your kids to the beach I would not be surprised if you're there for three or four hours at four dollars it's a pretty big chunk of change so just if you're in Lake Worth and I guess we don't worry about everybody else just see Well, that was going to be my next question is how do we compare to everybody?

8:16:32Speaker 22

Yeah. We did a rate comparison. I think Dave has it up there. You probably will show on the next slide. We did some great comparison.

8:16:39Speaker 12

Okay. I was next. My question was how come we don't increase the weekend instead of weekday?

8:16:52Speaker 12

Yeah. I mean, I was thinking like it's $3.50 during the week.

8:16:56Speaker 22

It's $3.50 during the week and then $4 on the weekend.

8:16:59 – 8:17:17Speaker 12

No, I understand that. But I just feel like the weekend, if you increase the weekend, even though it's only two days, there's more people then. So it would be $4.50 there and leave the $3.50 for the weekday when that's more, you know. I don't know.

8:17:17 – 8:17:31Speaker 22

And that's the challenge we're running a little bit with those meters is because of those rates, it's easy to go to a whole dollar flat amount. So we keep it at four and four or five and five. we will be able to do a little bit more things.

8:17:31Speaker 12

Oh, I see what you're saying.

8:17:32Speaker 22

Yeah, we could probably work a little bit more technology to it. But right now, the rates are changing.

8:17:37Speaker 12

This year and then for next year.

8:17:40Speaker 22

Just so you know, Cruisela Park just raised their rates. They have $4 and $4 a week here.

8:17:45Speaker 15

Of course, they have 35 cents.

8:17:46Speaker 22

Oh, there you go. But that's, yeah, Park Mobile.

8:17:50Speaker 22

So they charge that convenience fee, the 35 cents too.

8:17:54 – 8:18:23Speaker 6

Do we have to use meters? eventually my goal towards the city taking down the line meaning if we could throw them out tomorrow we can't do we do is there anything that forces us to have to use them you don't you could go all park mobile or pay mobile mobile payment with with that said does arc mobile have preferred meter vendors that actually integrate with their more advanced technology

8:18:26Speaker 22

They do. ParkMobile just recently purchased Flowbird.

8:18:31 – 8:19:46Speaker 6

Okay. So my thoughts on this, because there's a lot of things going on at the beach as we look at the casino complex, we look at the restaurants, we look at parking at night, you look at parking, demand-based parking, whether it's holiday, this, that, or even dynamic or time of day. ParkMobile seems to have the technology to handle 80% of what we could dream up. If they have a meter that can go along with it, I think having the meter is good because maybe not everyone wants to use their cell phone. Worst case scenario, if we were to throw those meters out tomorrow, I don't know, could the bait shop accept a payment or something? That might be a stupid idea. But I look at this and say, instead of us trying to work around this and let's just bite the bullet, change the technology tomorrow, it doesn't matter to me how much life is left in those meters if they're actually costing us money. so let's get rid of them and and we have fund balance budget i can't imagine new like getting one or two new meters that are crazy it's going to be a million dollars

8:19:47Speaker 22

And then we just have to price it out.

8:19:49 – 8:20:39Speaker 6

But I guarantee you they'll pay for themselves if we're able to do this. And because I think we need to consider things like in the off season, lowering it and hitting the peak times with higher rates so that we're not having people being discouraged, showing up there going, I'm looking at a fairly empty parking lot, yet I'm paying $12 for my family to be there for three hours or they show up. and they want to go pick up a pizza and they don't feel like parking on the top, they got to pay an extra $4 to go pick up their pizza, that kind of thing. And then if they want to go out to eat, so I think we need to just bite the bullet, move directly to the solution that allows us to be more dynamic. And if we need to invest a couple of $100,000 in doing that consent, but that would eliminate coins.

8:20:41 – 8:21:06Speaker 22

So we could look into eliminating coins also. right so also to bring it up ips was our current vendor they do also have the technology so we could look at both apples they do have the new technology meters out there which is mx5 do we have to decide this today we already consented we're just going to send this right but so we're not deciding on the four and four today we're deciding on you guys going back and making it dynamic and bringing us into the 2026.

8:21:08Speaker 11

Yes, what we will do is we will go back, we will get the pricing, we'll get all the updates that are being requested, and then this would be a decision under the fee schedule. So you can make that decision.

8:21:19Speaker 15

Palm Beach County is charging on the same lot, charging more than we would be. That is correct.

8:21:24Speaker 11

Yes, we do have a comparison of the different rates of the different beaches as we provided before.

8:21:32Speaker 6

We do have that. Yes. I'm sorry. Last question. Sure. Does Park Mobile support validation by restaurants? I think it does.

8:21:41 – 8:22:07Speaker 6

okay so i think we need to look into it's an incentive if you're going and you're going to spend money at mama mia's maybe we give you a free hour and after 4 p.m or whatever it is uh get get people down there either park mobile and also ips which is our current vendor they both do it they have the validation for it yeah yeah consenting all right thank you thank you are we done

8:22:11 – 8:23:02Speaker 1

couple more funds this is the uh just the scenario with the supplementals for the beach fund need to do a little bit higher parking rates in the future to fund the recurring 86 000. i did just drop in i know this isn't in your handout yeah you can just move past that we can we're done with the beach we're done with the beach next is golf fund so golf fund reflects five percent increase in membership screens and club services in 27, 28, and then some more substantial increases as you make capital improvements, which we'll talk about, which are listed down here. So 500,000 for greens, roof replacement, fairways. The assumption is that there's in 2027, the golf course irrigation system is constructed or fixed, which would be 1.6 million, but paid by funds outside of the golf fund.

8:23:04Speaker 14

So ultimately, we will definitely miss miss miss me.

8:23:09 – 8:23:30Speaker 15

Oh, mine is on from before somebody does this in the does this I don't see where the the lease goes of the property at the beach club. I see membership increase greens and club services. Where does the lease from the beach club go? Don't everybody answer once?

8:23:30 – 8:23:43Speaker 12

No, I think we asked this question before. Because if we're doing a roof replacement, I'm assuming that's on the building at the beach, or is that on the golf shed where all the stuff is being stored?

8:23:43Speaker 5

Oh, a shed to store rolls of wire?

8:23:46Speaker 12

Shut up. We're putting golf carts in it, too. And parking cones.

8:23:58 – 8:24:26Speaker 11

It is on page 211 of your budget book. second line of course restaurants planning to be replaced there you're not 28. that is the main clubhouse yes yes it yes there's some leaks

8:24:29 – 8:24:46Speaker 15

So when we're looking at these numbers, I guess my question is, David, when I'm looking at the improvements, when I'm looking at the cost, how do you calculate in the lease of the restaurant into these bottom numbers for CIP spending, revenues, expenses? Where does that fit in there?

8:24:49Speaker 1

So if that's...

8:24:52Speaker 15

If it's not a green and it's not a club.

8:24:56Speaker 1

I may need help from Tiana. Is that showing up in the budget, Tiana?

8:24:59Speaker 11

It is in the budget, yes.

8:25:02Speaker 1

So it's a line item expense within the budget?

8:25:04Speaker 15

No, it's revenue.

8:25:05Speaker 1

Oh, my bad. It does show up as a revenue. If it's in the budget, then we take the budgeted revenues and the budgeted expenditures.

8:25:16Speaker 15

So it's included with the bottom numbers of the CIP?

8:25:22Speaker 4

Those are expenditures. Those are expenditures. So the revenue for the lease, it's already incorporating the revenues and total revenues.

8:25:37Speaker 1

Yes, it's in there. It's in the orange line. That would be your revenues. Yep.

8:25:50 – 8:26:01Speaker 11

we currently have that budgeted revenue source at the amount of the renewed lease that you spoke about at a commission meeting. So that's what we have it in. We do not have it in anything else.

8:26:02Speaker 14

All right. Thank you.

8:26:05 – 8:26:50Speaker 1

All right. So in terms of the golf fund, In addition to the irrigation system, I mentioned there's a lot of capital investments that's happening. So in discussing with leisure services, the concept of essentially doing fairly modest increases in the golf fees in 27 and 28, while you're making those improvements to the golf course, and then having more substantial increases in 29 and 30, once you've made those improvements and have essentially an improved golf course, And then in future years, you wouldn't necessarily have to do those adjustments because really what's driving this need for these adjustments is the capital that's shown down here at the bottom.

8:26:50Speaker 15

And we can't use bond for capital improvements to the golf course. Like, cause the rising King tides and all that for stormwater infrastructure and improvements.

8:27:01 – 8:27:14Speaker 4

For the golf course, you'd have to use, we could request additional, not your bond, because it would be non-advalorum. So it would have to- Correct.

8:27:14 – 8:27:26Speaker 15

And if you have stormwater issues and king tide rising and flooding here, I'm just thinking that could we not get additional funds to take care of the capital improvements that the beach so badly needs with that bond?

8:27:26 – 8:27:54Speaker 4

We could explore those options. Okay. Yes. So for the irrigation system, because Marty, he stated that it was urgent to get those fixed. So I recommended that we use, if it's that urgent, that we use bulk of commerce funds, those funds that we had remaining from the previous years.

8:27:54 – 8:28:20Speaker 15

and that number in the park of commerce hasn't been updated with the stuff that last year we said he was fun or not that long ago is it used to point something yes for for the 1900 around innovations 5.3 so it hasn't been updated okay well i'll make sure we update i don't know if we have consensus to think about that when we go out to another bond of possibly looking at infrastructure money for the golf course to offset the i don't have anybody else feels

8:28:22Speaker 6

Yeah, I don't mind that. I think there's a larger picture with the golf course, but I also think it's a wise idea.

8:28:37Speaker 15

I think it's our property. If we want to increase the level of service that we're all putting on.

8:28:43Speaker 6

Well, yeah, no. Fundamental for structural stuff, it's going to have to be done one way or the other, whether we do it, somebody else helps us do it. We're paying for it in the end anyway.

8:28:56Speaker 11

Yes. The irrigation system is very important, and we definitely need that sooner than later, because if we lose that, we could potentially lose the golf course. Yeah.

8:29:10Speaker 15

Oh, where did it go?

8:29:11Speaker 11

The grass. We can't lose the grass.

8:29:15Speaker 15

I consent to the golf course.

8:29:20 – 8:30:34Speaker 6

um so just one quick thing you know just like with the other models we compared ourselves to other cities it would be great for us to have a rate comparison um the other thing is i'm just saying in our backup here we did provide that so we're going to make sure we we did that due diligence for you we'll get that to you for sure and then um the dumpster that is right at our entrance to our golf course get rid of it can we please put it behind a 20-foot collusia head or move it or something so um we get a lot of complaints about it not being dumped on time now Public Works has paid attention to that and the residents are more than happy but it's just I mean you're driving in it just looks like garbage it's the first thing you see yes garbage looks like garbage Thank you. And then I also, I believe some law enforcement agencies like to use that as their staging area. And I don't know if we have coordination with that, but that's also kind of weird to be driving into the golf course and seeing five unmarked cars and guys in tactical gear.

8:30:34Speaker 11

And it's just kind of, I'll speak to the city manager about that. I'm not sure about that. Thank you.

8:30:40Speaker 14

It was much worse.

8:30:42Speaker 9

I'm sorry, Madam Mayor.

8:30:43Speaker 14

It was much worse.

8:30:45 – 8:30:59Speaker 9

There was a mention of consensus for infrastructure money for the golf course, but I only heard Commissioner, I believe I only heard Commissioner Maliga. Is there consensus for that? Consensus for the golf course, yes.

8:30:59Speaker 6

I would consent to looking at bond monies for the golf course.

8:31:03 – 8:31:21Speaker 15

Yes. Well, no, no, they're taking the 1.6 from the Mark of Commerce. you said that so i said i consent to that oh i'm good oh yeah and then the rest of it we could talk about going out for bond i i i'm not prepared to consent taking up a park of commerce yeah you're not no well then we have a mr

8:31:26 – 8:31:54Speaker 6

don't know enough about what who whose ox is gourd if we take it from the department of commerce i i think i think we need to look at some of the other capital improvement projects that we have going on as well as the the other 2.6 million in there right now 3.6 3 million 3 million right but i still don't know if we have enough money put into our roads budget and everything else like that so how quickly are you going out for the bond that you could add this to it

8:31:56 – 8:32:10Speaker 4

Well, first of all, I don't think we'll just go out for a bond just for 1.6. That won't be practical. Ed, Mr. Liberty, when are we planning on going for the bond?

8:32:12Speaker 5

I don't think you can add it.

8:32:16Speaker 6

The stormwater stuff.

8:32:18Speaker 21

Talking about in fiscal 2017, we're probably six to nine months away.

8:32:25Speaker 4

So March, give or take?

8:32:27Speaker 21

I would think so.

8:32:28Speaker 21

We're looking at March. First calendar quarter of 27.

8:32:33Speaker 15

Oh, then we can't wait that long. So we need to make a decision on, you just said this is eminent, that we get this done?

8:32:39Speaker 4

Correct. That's what I was told, yeah.

8:32:44Speaker 6

We have fund balance, and they're saying pay out of that fund balance.

8:32:48Speaker 14

No, he said pay out of...

8:32:52 – 8:33:24Speaker 1

you you just said yeah yeah i'm not i don't agree with parker commerce but i believe this chart here that we're looking at shows it being paid out of the golf funds fund balance let me just clarify so we've we've assumed that the 1.6 million is funded outside of the golf fund so it's not showing up here what's showing up in the charts here is the additional capital so the um sorry the roof the greens the roof the fairways the t's That's what's this capital that's showing up here.

8:33:25 – 8:33:48Speaker 6

Yeah, we have other projects. I think we need to make decisions on capital while we're doing all the other capital versus a knee-jerk reaction to just the golf funds capital project need. I just don't want to make this decision right now. I'm not saying we might not do it. It's just let's do this with the rest of the capital projects.

8:33:49Speaker 4

I think the consensus for today was to increase the rate to 5%.

8:33:52Speaker 12

That's what I was consenting to. 5%, let's not worry about bonding. I consent to the rate. To increase the fees.

8:33:59Speaker 14

The fees, 5%. Yes, no bonding. And we'll deal with the civil structure. Yeah, that works.

8:34:06 – 8:34:46Speaker 1

All right, final fund is the general fund. You're continuing to see strong property value growth. It's averaged about 13% over the last five years. Our forecast is conservatively assuming 6% property value growth going forward. You do get franchise fees from other funds that reflect about 8% of the revenues from the enterprise. 8% of the revenues from the enterprise funds comes in as franchise fees to the general fund. The big impact to the general fund is the police and fire defined benefit plan, significant reduction, almost $5 million between those two. And that's reflected in 2027 budget.

8:34:48Speaker 14

So when we look at the results- Finally lower the millage rate. Let's try. Hush. Don't put any ideas in their heads.

8:34:57 – 8:35:24Speaker 1

no yeah so we're not assuming any millage rate adjustments again that six percent property growth let's see but did you assume the 25 well what property we've got it yeah we've got it that is a scenario you told me you were going to show me with a rollback rate oh yes we can so as it's yes go ahead yannick sorry

8:35:26 – 8:35:39Speaker 4

So this is where we would be. This slide shows where we would be if the building passed in November, right? Correct. This is pretty much where we would be.

8:35:39 – 8:36:00Speaker 1

Yep. So building fund balance, things look good. Next slide here is if we bring in the supplementals, $627,027, recurring about $500,000, we're still good. Our final... scenario is this with the proposal?

8:36:00 – 8:36:12Speaker 4

This is the slide with the homestead exemption being increased in 2028 and 2029, 150 and a 250. That would be the impact, yes. That's how it would look.

8:36:14 – 8:36:55Speaker 1

So property tax is decreasing by 4.1 million in 28, almost 7 million in 29, and then escalating. So there is obviously a gap between revenues and expenditures under this scenario. we would fall below our minimum in 32, exhaust funds in the general fund in 34. So our final scenario, requested that we run is with the reduction of property taxes, what would we need to do to reduce expenses? So in order to maintain roughly that minimum cash balance, get your revenues and expenditures in line, you'd have to reduce your expenses by about $500,000 in 28, $1 million in 29, and $3 million in 2030 from that point forward.

8:36:58Speaker 4

And these are not one-time expenses. These would be recurring expenses that we need to cut. And at the same time. Yes.

8:37:06Speaker 5

At the same time that you're asking for those reduction in expenses, costs of everything are going up. Correct.

8:37:14Speaker 4

And that's incorporated in there also.

8:37:17Speaker 14

Yeah. Mr. Sigrich.

8:37:23 – 8:38:57Speaker 6

Thank you. Are you asking for a decision on something with the general fund right now? Okay. My other just overall comment with the general fund, obviously, we have some scenarios that depend heavily on November. The other thing that I want to highlight is in this year, we're getting the pension. We stopped paying the pension, which is roughly 5 or 6 million. four or five million, even call it four million. I really think we need to look at our budget as if that didn't exist, as if it did not exist, because there's no plausibly good reason for us to eat up that revenue. We did a budget last year. with with increases we've we've done it every year without it all right to all of a sudden eat that up would be a shame because i really see that as an opportunity to get back on track with our infrastructure which has been ignored for years and years and years we've been talking about using i believe we've been talking about you for just that for the road uh right from what i've seen in in the budget books once we do the supplementals and so on we've actually eaten into that But we've eaten into it. And I'd like us to consider just taking that out as a possible usable source and look at our budget there.

8:38:58Speaker 14

What have we eaten into it with?

8:39:01 – 8:39:13Speaker 6

You want to go through the whole book? We're going to go through the whole book on it. What I'm saying is I think we need to consider that as take that off the table, then look at our budget, balance it.

8:39:13Speaker 14

I want to see this with a millibreed of five.

8:39:18 – 8:40:04Speaker 4

military to five i just want to see what it looks like okay so if we do commissioner If we do use the numbers that you have here for the Avalon taxes, which is 19 million, you'll notice that there's no increase because we just received end of May, that's when we received the property valuation. So if we were to use the current rate, that number will jump to 1 million. If we keep it as such using the rollback, which I'm not sure what that rollback rate is, then we should be okay. But our surplus will still be $3 million. So this $3 million surplus that you see here is without an increase in the average.

8:40:05Speaker 12

I know we're not going to increase that. I want to decrease it.

8:40:09 – 8:40:21Speaker 4

So if we use the rollback rates, meaning the rate that we generate prior year's revenues, then we'll still be making $3 million surplus. Does that make sense?

8:40:22Speaker 12

Because it's 615.

8:40:26Speaker 4

So if you turn, I'll show it. Make it easy for you.

8:40:35Speaker 12

If we can charge less and get the same amount of money. Why wouldn't, why can't we do that?

8:40:41 – 8:40:55Speaker 15

And because we don't know what the real, if this passes, then we can have that conversation next year. Lower the rate now and the next year go, okay, now we have to lay off people. We've made a bad mistake. We, we, we, we've jumped the gun on lowering rates.

8:40:55 – 8:41:30Speaker 4

So if you go to page, page 30. Okay. See what it has on the property taxes? It has 15 million for fiscal year 27. That's using the rollback rate. As you can see, that 15 million doesn't change from prior year. So the rollback rates will not be 5.4945 mills. It will be lower than that, actually. because our property values did increase by approximately 8%.

8:41:30Speaker 12

So it's not going to be 459. It's going to be...

8:41:32Speaker 4

If we decide to use the rollback rate.

8:41:35Speaker 12

And if we use the rollback rate... We're still generating approximately 15 million. So what you're saying makes sense. We can lower the tax.

8:41:42Speaker 4

We could. But then looking at what could happen in November, then we'll have to reconsider increase.

8:41:50Speaker 12

We should make it right now, but I'm not going to give it up. I still want to hear...

8:41:53Speaker 4

Exactly. That's entirely...

8:41:56Speaker 12

Well, I think it's worth fighting for.

8:41:57Speaker 4

I'll leave that to you guys.

8:42:03 – 8:42:15Speaker 12

I want to see how badly it would hurt. Because our value is... Do you hear what I'm saying? We're going to be getting more money if we charge the same amount. We're getting even more money. So if we can lower the rate and get the same return...

8:42:16Speaker 14

But our expenses are also going up.

8:42:18Speaker 5

No, they're not. Sure, they're bigger 3% a year on everything, as a minimum. And it's probably going to be worse.

8:42:26Speaker 12

Didn't we just go through this whole thing and everybody cut a bunch of stuff out of there?

8:42:30 – 8:42:58Speaker 4

right but overall expenses of stuff is going up and labor costs are going up everything goes up trucks metal wood screws fans okay i think i think their point is um the whatever access fund balance that we have now will help us whether whether the fiscal impact that may occur in november yes i understand that but it's not going to be recurring anyway

8:43:00 – 8:45:21Speaker 6

anyway i i can't believe that right now i think we're all pretty much also also remember we have underfunded our infrastructure for the last 15 plus years no 50. Okay. But everyone up here, I am sure at one point in time promised their constituents that we're going to fix this problem. And for us to look at that 4.48 million that's coming in from the pension and not reserve it for that, and then on top of that, make cuts to prepare for the property tax, that's a disservice. That's an absolute disservice because we really need to remove that out and examine the budget in that light so that we have that windfall, essentially, because we didn't know about it up until we knew about it. It's if you, if you look at that and consider the amount of money that we are going to have to expend to catch up on our roads within the next 10 to 15 years. So you're talking about fulfilling a promise to people who you're just going to tell them, you got to wait another 15 years for your road to be fixed. Well, then looking at those numbers, well, you're talking about $7 to $9 million a year that's going to have to get spent. So that's where this money is going to have to go. And on top of it, we're going to have to make deeper cuts. That's why I'm interested in getting into the big book and analyzing that, because if we are going to do the right thing, by our infrastructure and everything, it's going to take some hard decisions on our part on making that a priority. And we've got a wonderful opportunity, I think, to do so and actually be able to get ourselves on that track. But unfortunately, i would love the lower the military but unfortunately i i just don't see it with what we have and where we're at and i i think we're actually going to have to cut deeper in order to get to where we need to get to we'll be done i just want to say that i think the logic of thinking about our budget process this year mentally putting aside that

8:45:22 – 8:47:22Speaker 5

four or so million. I like that. And I think I 100% agree that we need to have that number for roads and any other infrastructure, those numbers, those annual numbers in mind, and be aware how big they are because they are big. The other piece on the one-time capital expenditure we have talked and we've apparently had an at least informal offer for that piece of land I forget how many acres at the top of Sunset Drive to buy it and if we could even do a down payment and get him to let us pay over a couple years somebody really bought it we won somebody already bought it but they're willing to sell it yeah not the guy that bought it well I don't know where I haven't heard where it is but last I heard it was we had a possibility of buying it and that would be a long-term investment for our community that would make a lot of sense yeah so I'm just gonna it it adds to the logic of set that four or five million mentally aside try to make everything work so and my district and say no i'd rather use four million dollars on roads than buying parcel from a person promise that roads always entropy always hits roads whereas a piece of land that's that unique and that could be an asset to our community whether it's you know an educational center or or outdoor place think of the value of central park Somebody set Central Park aside a huge chunk of non-developed land in the middle of Manhattan, the most expensive place in the world. And that is a huge benefit to that area. And I will say. And you got to do it one time. The roads there, you know, the roads you'll have with us always, as the Bible says.

8:47:22 – 8:47:50Speaker 14

I'm not exactly agreeing or disagreeing with you, but I will say as an example, 17th Avenue North from 8th Street. to under 95 into vernon heights was the most magnificent stand of old growth oak trees and scrub right yep and let me let me and i when i was city attorney it was for sale for ninety eight thousand dollars nineteen ninety eight thousand dollars for the whole for the whole yeah i went to the commission i begged them

8:47:51 – 8:48:28Speaker 4

they said no why do you need land you know it's empty land and now it's just yeah what it is and it's very very sad so not opposed to having a conversation just not tonight so for this for the second workshop because right now the models that you see there uh we are anticipating to use uh penny sales tax i think we have about four million dollars left for fiscal year 27 for the roads and then fiscal year 28 on those models we have three million dollars allocated towards the roads every year We could play with those models for the second workshop and just increase that $3 million to $7 million just to see what happens.

8:48:29Speaker 6

We need the number. Right. We need the number. We need the number.

8:48:34Speaker 16

For years, we've been, oh, we'll give it $500,000. We'll give it $2 million.

8:48:38Speaker 6

We'll give it $1.5 million. And then we're not making a dent. So we need to know, look, here's a five-year plan. Here's a 10-year plan, a 15-year plan. That's what it's going to cost.

8:48:49 – 8:49:14Speaker 5

yes jim jimmy's mr brown's working on it that needs to be mr jamie working with fawn because a big chunk of the stability of those roads is what's going on with the water and underneath storm water underneath now we love sinkholes yeah i'm in for singles from us anything else we didn't touch obviously well we have time for cip if you guys you know he did

8:49:18Speaker 14

You're such a kidder. Ed wanted to say something.

This transcript was automatically generated from the official public meeting video and is presented unedited. It reflects remarks made on the public record by elected officials, staff, and public commenters. Transcript accuracy may vary; view the original recording for reference.